[llvm-branch-commits] [llvm-branch] r109616 - in /llvm/branches/Apple/williamson: include/llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h.orig lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp.orig lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp.orig

Daniel Dunbar daniel at zuster.org
Wed Jul 28 11:41:46 PDT 2010


Author: ddunbar
Date: Wed Jul 28 13:41:46 2010
New Revision: 109616

URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project?rev=109616&view=rev
Log:
Remove stray merge files.

Removed:
    llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/include/llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h.orig
    llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp.orig
    llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp.orig

Removed: llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/include/llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h.orig
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/include/llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h.orig?rev=109615&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/include/llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h.orig (original)
+++ llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/include/llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h.orig (removed)
@@ -1,609 +0,0 @@
-//===- llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h - SCEV Exprs --*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file defines the classes used to represent and build scalar expressions.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#ifndef LLVM_ANALYSIS_SCALAREVOLUTION_EXPRESSIONS_H
-#define LLVM_ANALYSIS_SCALAREVOLUTION_EXPRESSIONS_H
-
-#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
-
-namespace llvm {
-  class ConstantInt;
-  class ConstantRange;
-  class DominatorTree;
-
-  enum SCEVTypes {
-    // These should be ordered in terms of increasing complexity to make the
-    // folders simpler.
-    scConstant, scTruncate, scZeroExtend, scSignExtend, scAddExpr, scMulExpr,
-    scUDivExpr, scAddRecExpr, scUMaxExpr, scSMaxExpr,
-    scUnknown, scCouldNotCompute
-  };
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVConstant - This class represents a constant integer value.
-  ///
-  class SCEVConstant : public SCEV {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    ConstantInt *V;
-    SCEVConstant(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, ConstantInt *v) :
-      SCEV(ID, scConstant), V(v) {}
-  public:
-    ConstantInt *getValue() const { return V; }
-
-    virtual bool isLoopInvariant(const Loop *L) const {
-      return true;
-    }
-
-    virtual bool hasComputableLoopEvolution(const Loop *L) const {
-      return false;  // Not loop variant
-    }
-
-    virtual const Type *getType() const;
-
-    virtual bool hasOperand(const SCEV *) const {
-      return false;
-    }
-
-    bool dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-      return true;
-    }
-
-    bool properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-      return true;
-    }
-
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVConstant *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scConstant;
-    }
-  };
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVCastExpr - This is the base class for unary cast operator classes.
-  ///
-  class SCEVCastExpr : public SCEV {
-  protected:
-    const SCEV *Op;
-    const Type *Ty;
-
-    SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                 unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, const Type *ty);
-
-  public:
-    const SCEV *getOperand() const { return Op; }
-    virtual const Type *getType() const { return Ty; }
-
-    virtual bool isLoopInvariant(const Loop *L) const {
-      return Op->isLoopInvariant(L);
-    }
-
-    virtual bool hasComputableLoopEvolution(const Loop *L) const {
-      return Op->hasComputableLoopEvolution(L);
-    }
-
-    virtual bool hasOperand(const SCEV *O) const {
-      return Op == O || Op->hasOperand(O);
-    }
-
-    virtual bool dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const;
-
-    virtual bool properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const;
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVCastExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scTruncate ||
-             S->getSCEVType() == scZeroExtend ||
-             S->getSCEVType() == scSignExtend;
-    }
-  };
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVTruncateExpr - This class represents a truncation of an integer value
-  /// to a smaller integer value.
-  ///
-  class SCEVTruncateExpr : public SCEVCastExpr {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                     const SCEV *op, const Type *ty);
-
-  public:
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVTruncateExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scTruncate;
-    }
-  };
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVZeroExtendExpr - This class represents a zero extension of a small
-  /// integer value to a larger integer value.
-  ///
-  class SCEVZeroExtendExpr : public SCEVCastExpr {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                       const SCEV *op, const Type *ty);
-
-  public:
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scZeroExtend;
-    }
-  };
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVSignExtendExpr - This class represents a sign extension of a small
-  /// integer value to a larger integer value.
-  ///
-  class SCEVSignExtendExpr : public SCEVCastExpr {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                       const SCEV *op, const Type *ty);
-
-  public:
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVSignExtendExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scSignExtend;
-    }
-  };
-
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVNAryExpr - This node is a base class providing common
-  /// functionality for n'ary operators.
-  ///
-  class SCEVNAryExpr : public SCEV {
-  protected:
-    // Since SCEVs are immutable, ScalarEvolution allocates operand
-    // arrays with its SCEVAllocator, so this class just needs a simple
-    // pointer rather than a more elaborate vector-like data structure.
-    // This also avoids the need for a non-trivial destructor.
-    const SCEV *const *Operands;
-    size_t NumOperands;
-
-    SCEVNAryExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                 enum SCEVTypes T, const SCEV *const *O, size_t N)
-      : SCEV(ID, T), Operands(O), NumOperands(N) {}
-
-  public:
-    size_t getNumOperands() const { return NumOperands; }
-    const SCEV *getOperand(unsigned i) const {
-      assert(i < NumOperands && "Operand index out of range!");
-      return Operands[i];
-    }
-
-    typedef const SCEV *const *op_iterator;
-    op_iterator op_begin() const { return Operands; }
-    op_iterator op_end() const { return Operands + NumOperands; }
-
-    virtual bool isLoopInvariant(const Loop *L) const {
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-        if (!getOperand(i)->isLoopInvariant(L)) return false;
-      return true;
-    }
-
-    // hasComputableLoopEvolution - N-ary expressions have computable loop
-    // evolutions iff they have at least one operand that varies with the loop,
-    // but that all varying operands are computable.
-    virtual bool hasComputableLoopEvolution(const Loop *L) const {
-      bool HasVarying = false;
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-        if (!getOperand(i)->isLoopInvariant(L)) {
-          if (getOperand(i)->hasComputableLoopEvolution(L))
-            HasVarying = true;
-          else
-            return false;
-        }
-      return HasVarying;
-    }
-
-    virtual bool hasOperand(const SCEV *O) const {
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-        if (O == getOperand(i) || getOperand(i)->hasOperand(O))
-          return true;
-      return false;
-    }
-
-    bool dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const;
-
-    bool properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const;
-
-    virtual const Type *getType() const { return getOperand(0)->getType(); }
-
-    bool hasNoUnsignedWrap() const { return SubclassData & (1 << 0); }
-    void setHasNoUnsignedWrap(bool B) {
-      SubclassData = (SubclassData & ~(1 << 0)) | (B << 0);
-    }
-    bool hasNoSignedWrap() const { return SubclassData & (1 << 1); }
-    void setHasNoSignedWrap(bool B) {
-      SubclassData = (SubclassData & ~(1 << 1)) | (B << 1);
-    }
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVNAryExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scAddExpr ||
-             S->getSCEVType() == scMulExpr ||
-             S->getSCEVType() == scSMaxExpr ||
-             S->getSCEVType() == scUMaxExpr ||
-             S->getSCEVType() == scAddRecExpr;
-    }
-  };
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVCommutativeExpr - This node is the base class for n'ary commutative
-  /// operators.
-  ///
-  class SCEVCommutativeExpr : public SCEVNAryExpr {
-  protected:
-    SCEVCommutativeExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                        enum SCEVTypes T, const SCEV *const *O, size_t N)
-      : SCEVNAryExpr(ID, T, O, N) {}
-
-  public:
-    virtual const char *getOperationStr() const = 0;
-
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVCommutativeExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scAddExpr ||
-             S->getSCEVType() == scMulExpr ||
-             S->getSCEVType() == scSMaxExpr ||
-             S->getSCEVType() == scUMaxExpr;
-    }
-  };
-
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVAddExpr - This node represents an addition of some number of SCEVs.
-  ///
-  class SCEVAddExpr : public SCEVCommutativeExpr {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    SCEVAddExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                const SCEV *const *O, size_t N)
-      : SCEVCommutativeExpr(ID, scAddExpr, O, N) {
-    }
-
-  public:
-    virtual const char *getOperationStr() const { return " + "; }
-
-    virtual const Type *getType() const {
-      // Use the type of the last operand, which is likely to be a pointer
-      // type, if there is one. This doesn't usually matter, but it can help
-      // reduce casts when the expressions are expanded.
-      return getOperand(getNumOperands() - 1)->getType();
-    }
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVAddExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scAddExpr;
-    }
-  };
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVMulExpr - This node represents multiplication of some number of SCEVs.
-  ///
-  class SCEVMulExpr : public SCEVCommutativeExpr {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    SCEVMulExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                const SCEV *const *O, size_t N)
-      : SCEVCommutativeExpr(ID, scMulExpr, O, N) {
-    }
-
-  public:
-    virtual const char *getOperationStr() const { return " * "; }
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVMulExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scMulExpr;
-    }
-  };
-
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVUDivExpr - This class represents a binary unsigned division operation.
-  ///
-  class SCEVUDivExpr : public SCEV {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    const SCEV *LHS;
-    const SCEV *RHS;
-    SCEVUDivExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, const SCEV *lhs, const SCEV *rhs)
-      : SCEV(ID, scUDivExpr), LHS(lhs), RHS(rhs) {}
-
-  public:
-    const SCEV *getLHS() const { return LHS; }
-    const SCEV *getRHS() const { return RHS; }
-
-    virtual bool isLoopInvariant(const Loop *L) const {
-      return LHS->isLoopInvariant(L) && RHS->isLoopInvariant(L);
-    }
-
-    virtual bool hasComputableLoopEvolution(const Loop *L) const {
-      return LHS->hasComputableLoopEvolution(L) &&
-             RHS->hasComputableLoopEvolution(L);
-    }
-
-    virtual bool hasOperand(const SCEV *O) const {
-      return O == LHS || O == RHS || LHS->hasOperand(O) || RHS->hasOperand(O);
-    }
-
-    bool dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const;
-
-    bool properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const;
-
-    virtual const Type *getType() const;
-
-    void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVUDivExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scUDivExpr;
-    }
-  };
-
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVAddRecExpr - This node represents a polynomial recurrence on the trip
-  /// count of the specified loop.  This is the primary focus of the
-  /// ScalarEvolution framework; all the other SCEV subclasses are mostly just
-  /// supporting infrastructure to allow SCEVAddRecExpr expressions to be
-  /// created and analyzed.
-  ///
-  /// All operands of an AddRec are required to be loop invariant.
-  ///
-  class SCEVAddRecExpr : public SCEVNAryExpr {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    const Loop *L;
-
-    SCEVAddRecExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                   const SCEV *const *O, size_t N, const Loop *l)
-      : SCEVNAryExpr(ID, scAddRecExpr, O, N), L(l) {
-      for (size_t i = 0, e = NumOperands; i != e; ++i)
-        assert(Operands[i]->isLoopInvariant(l) &&
-               "Operands of AddRec must be loop-invariant!");
-    }
-
-  public:
-    const SCEV *getStart() const { return Operands[0]; }
-    const Loop *getLoop() const { return L; }
-
-    /// getStepRecurrence - This method constructs and returns the recurrence
-    /// indicating how much this expression steps by.  If this is a polynomial
-    /// of degree N, it returns a chrec of degree N-1.
-    const SCEV *getStepRecurrence(ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
-      if (isAffine()) return getOperand(1);
-      return SE.getAddRecExpr(SmallVector<const SCEV *, 3>(op_begin()+1,
-                                                           op_end()),
-                              getLoop());
-    }
-
-    virtual bool hasComputableLoopEvolution(const Loop *QL) const {
-      return L == QL;
-    }
-
-    virtual bool isLoopInvariant(const Loop *QueryLoop) const;
-
-    bool dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const;
-
-    bool properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const;
-
-    /// isAffine - Return true if this is an affine AddRec (i.e., it represents
-    /// an expressions A+B*x where A and B are loop invariant values.
-    bool isAffine() const {
-      // We know that the start value is invariant.  This expression is thus
-      // affine iff the step is also invariant.
-      return getNumOperands() == 2;
-    }
-
-    /// isQuadratic - Return true if this is an quadratic AddRec (i.e., it
-    /// represents an expressions A+B*x+C*x^2 where A, B and C are loop
-    /// invariant values.  This corresponds to an addrec of the form {L,+,M,+,N}
-    bool isQuadratic() const {
-      return getNumOperands() == 3;
-    }
-
-    /// evaluateAtIteration - Return the value of this chain of recurrences at
-    /// the specified iteration number.
-    const SCEV *evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It, ScalarEvolution &SE) const;
-
-    /// getNumIterationsInRange - Return the number of iterations of this loop
-    /// that produce values in the specified constant range.  Another way of
-    /// looking at this is that it returns the first iteration number where the
-    /// value is not in the condition, thus computing the exit count.  If the
-    /// iteration count can't be computed, an instance of SCEVCouldNotCompute is
-    /// returned.
-    const SCEV *getNumIterationsInRange(ConstantRange Range,
-                                       ScalarEvolution &SE) const;
-
-    /// getPostIncExpr - Return an expression representing the value of
-    /// this expression one iteration of the loop ahead.
-    const SCEVAddRecExpr *getPostIncExpr(ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
-      return cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(SE.getAddExpr(this, getStepRecurrence(SE)));
-    }
-
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVAddRecExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scAddRecExpr;
-    }
-  };
-
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVSMaxExpr - This class represents a signed maximum selection.
-  ///
-  class SCEVSMaxExpr : public SCEVCommutativeExpr {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    SCEVSMaxExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                 const SCEV *const *O, size_t N)
-      : SCEVCommutativeExpr(ID, scSMaxExpr, O, N) {
-      // Max never overflows.
-      setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true);
-      setHasNoSignedWrap(true);
-    }
-
-  public:
-    virtual const char *getOperationStr() const { return " smax "; }
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVSMaxExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scSMaxExpr;
-    }
-  };
-
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVUMaxExpr - This class represents an unsigned maximum selection.
-  ///
-  class SCEVUMaxExpr : public SCEVCommutativeExpr {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    SCEVUMaxExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                 const SCEV *const *O, size_t N)
-      : SCEVCommutativeExpr(ID, scUMaxExpr, O, N) {
-      // Max never overflows.
-      setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true);
-      setHasNoSignedWrap(true);
-    }
-
-  public:
-    virtual const char *getOperationStr() const { return " umax "; }
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVUMaxExpr *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scUMaxExpr;
-    }
-  };
-
-  //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-  /// SCEVUnknown - This means that we are dealing with an entirely unknown SCEV
-  /// value, and only represent it as its LLVM Value.  This is the "bottom"
-  /// value for the analysis.
-  ///
-  class SCEVUnknown : public SCEV {
-    friend class ScalarEvolution;
-
-    Value *V;
-    SCEVUnknown(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID, Value *v) :
-      SCEV(ID, scUnknown), V(v) {}
-
-  public:
-    Value *getValue() const { return V; }
-
-    /// isSizeOf, isAlignOf, isOffsetOf - Test whether this is a special
-    /// constant representing a type size, alignment, or field offset in
-    /// a target-independent manner, and hasn't happened to have been
-    /// folded with other operations into something unrecognizable. This
-    /// is mainly only useful for pretty-printing and other situations
-    /// where it isn't absolutely required for these to succeed.
-    bool isSizeOf(const Type *&AllocTy) const;
-    bool isAlignOf(const Type *&AllocTy) const;
-    bool isOffsetOf(const Type *&STy, Constant *&FieldNo) const;
-
-    virtual bool isLoopInvariant(const Loop *L) const;
-    virtual bool hasComputableLoopEvolution(const Loop *QL) const {
-      return false; // not computable
-    }
-
-    virtual bool hasOperand(const SCEV *) const {
-      return false;
-    }
-
-    bool dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const;
-
-    bool properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const;
-
-    virtual const Type *getType() const;
-
-    virtual void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
-
-    /// Methods for support type inquiry through isa, cast, and dyn_cast:
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEVUnknown *S) { return true; }
-    static inline bool classof(const SCEV *S) {
-      return S->getSCEVType() == scUnknown;
-    }
-  };
-
-  /// SCEVVisitor - This class defines a simple visitor class that may be used
-  /// for various SCEV analysis purposes.
-  template<typename SC, typename RetVal=void>
-  struct SCEVVisitor {
-    RetVal visit(const SCEV *S) {
-      switch (S->getSCEVType()) {
-      case scConstant:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitConstant((const SCEVConstant*)S);
-      case scTruncate:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitTruncateExpr((const SCEVTruncateExpr*)S);
-      case scZeroExtend:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitZeroExtendExpr((const SCEVZeroExtendExpr*)S);
-      case scSignExtend:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitSignExtendExpr((const SCEVSignExtendExpr*)S);
-      case scAddExpr:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitAddExpr((const SCEVAddExpr*)S);
-      case scMulExpr:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitMulExpr((const SCEVMulExpr*)S);
-      case scUDivExpr:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitUDivExpr((const SCEVUDivExpr*)S);
-      case scAddRecExpr:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitAddRecExpr((const SCEVAddRecExpr*)S);
-      case scSMaxExpr:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitSMaxExpr((const SCEVSMaxExpr*)S);
-      case scUMaxExpr:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitUMaxExpr((const SCEVUMaxExpr*)S);
-      case scUnknown:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitUnknown((const SCEVUnknown*)S);
-      case scCouldNotCompute:
-        return ((SC*)this)->visitCouldNotCompute((const SCEVCouldNotCompute*)S);
-      default:
-        llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
-      }
-    }
-
-    RetVal visitCouldNotCompute(const SCEVCouldNotCompute *S) {
-      llvm_unreachable("Invalid use of SCEVCouldNotCompute!");
-      return RetVal();
-    }
-  };
-}
-
-#endif

Removed: llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp.orig
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp.orig?rev=109615&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp.orig (original)
+++ llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/lib/Analysis/ScalarEvolution.cpp.orig (removed)
@@ -1,5842 +0,0 @@
-//===- ScalarEvolution.cpp - Scalar Evolution Analysis ----------*- C++ -*-===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This file contains the implementation of the scalar evolution analysis
-// engine, which is used primarily to analyze expressions involving induction
-// variables in loops.
-//
-// There are several aspects to this library.  First is the representation of
-// scalar expressions, which are represented as subclasses of the SCEV class.
-// These classes are used to represent certain types of subexpressions that we
-// can handle. We only create one SCEV of a particular shape, so
-// pointer-comparisons for equality are legal.
-//
-// One important aspect of the SCEV objects is that they are never cyclic, even
-// if there is a cycle in the dataflow for an expression (ie, a PHI node).  If
-// the PHI node is one of the idioms that we can represent (e.g., a polynomial
-// recurrence) then we represent it directly as a recurrence node, otherwise we
-// represent it as a SCEVUnknown node.
-//
-// In addition to being able to represent expressions of various types, we also
-// have folders that are used to build the *canonical* representation for a
-// particular expression.  These folders are capable of using a variety of
-// rewrite rules to simplify the expressions.
-//
-// Once the folders are defined, we can implement the more interesting
-// higher-level code, such as the code that recognizes PHI nodes of various
-// types, computes the execution count of a loop, etc.
-//
-// TODO: We should use these routines and value representations to implement
-// dependence analysis!
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// There are several good references for the techniques used in this analysis.
-//
-//  Chains of recurrences -- a method to expedite the evaluation
-//  of closed-form functions
-//  Olaf Bachmann, Paul S. Wang, Eugene V. Zima
-//
-//  On computational properties of chains of recurrences
-//  Eugene V. Zima
-//
-//  Symbolic Evaluation of Chains of Recurrences for Loop Optimization
-//  Robert A. van Engelen
-//
-//  Efficient Symbolic Analysis for Optimizing Compilers
-//  Robert A. van Engelen
-//
-//  Using the chains of recurrences algebra for data dependence testing and
-//  induction variable substitution
-//  MS Thesis, Johnie Birch
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#define DEBUG_TYPE "scalar-evolution"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/ScalarEvolutionExpressions.h"
-#include "llvm/Constants.h"
-#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
-#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
-#include "llvm/GlobalAlias.h"
-#include "llvm/Instructions.h"
-#include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
-#include "llvm/Operator.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/Dominators.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/LoopInfo.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
-#include "llvm/Assembly/Writer.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/ConstantRange.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/InstIterator.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
-#include <algorithm>
-using namespace llvm;
-
-STATISTIC(NumArrayLenItCounts,
-          "Number of trip counts computed with array length");
-STATISTIC(NumTripCountsComputed,
-          "Number of loops with predictable loop counts");
-STATISTIC(NumTripCountsNotComputed,
-          "Number of loops without predictable loop counts");
-STATISTIC(NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed,
-          "Number of loops with trip counts computed by force");
-
-static cl::opt<unsigned>
-MaxBruteForceIterations("scalar-evolution-max-iterations", cl::ReallyHidden,
-                        cl::desc("Maximum number of iterations SCEV will "
-                                 "symbolically execute a constant "
-                                 "derived loop"),
-                        cl::init(100));
-
-static RegisterPass<ScalarEvolution>
-R("scalar-evolution", "Scalar Evolution Analysis", false, true);
-char ScalarEvolution::ID = 0;
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                           SCEV class definitions
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-// Implementation of the SCEV class.
-//
-
-SCEV::~SCEV() {}
-
-void SCEV::dump() const {
-  print(dbgs());
-  dbgs() << '\n';
-}
-
-bool SCEV::isZero() const {
-  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
-    return SC->getValue()->isZero();
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool SCEV::isOne() const {
-  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
-    return SC->getValue()->isOne();
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool SCEV::isAllOnesValue() const {
-  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(this))
-    return SC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue();
-  return false;
-}
-
-SCEVCouldNotCompute::SCEVCouldNotCompute() :
-  SCEV(FoldingSetNodeIDRef(), scCouldNotCompute) {}
-
-bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::isLoopInvariant(const Loop *L) const {
-  llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
-  return false;
-}
-
-const Type *SCEVCouldNotCompute::getType() const {
-  llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
-  return 0;
-}
-
-bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::hasComputableLoopEvolution(const Loop *L) const {
-  llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::hasOperand(const SCEV *) const {
-  llvm_unreachable("Attempt to use a SCEVCouldNotCompute object!");
-  return false;
-}
-
-void SCEVCouldNotCompute::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
-  OS << "***COULDNOTCOMPUTE***";
-}
-
-bool SCEVCouldNotCompute::classof(const SCEV *S) {
-  return S->getSCEVType() == scCouldNotCompute;
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(ConstantInt *V) {
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scConstant);
-  ID.AddPointer(V);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
-  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVConstant(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
-  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  return S;
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const APInt& Val) {
-  return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(getContext(), Val));
-}
-
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::getConstant(const Type *Ty, uint64_t V, bool isSigned) {
-  const IntegerType *ITy = cast<IntegerType>(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty));
-  return getConstant(ConstantInt::get(ITy, V, isSigned));
-}
-
-const Type *SCEVConstant::getType() const { return V->getType(); }
-
-void SCEVConstant::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
-  WriteAsOperand(OS, V, false);
-}
-
-SCEVCastExpr::SCEVCastExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                           unsigned SCEVTy, const SCEV *op, const Type *ty)
-  : SCEV(ID, SCEVTy), Op(op), Ty(ty) {}
-
-bool SCEVCastExpr::dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-  return Op->dominates(BB, DT);
-}
-
-bool SCEVCastExpr::properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-  return Op->properlyDominates(BB, DT);
-}
-
-SCEVTruncateExpr::SCEVTruncateExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                                   const SCEV *op, const Type *ty)
-  : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scTruncate, op, ty) {
-  assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
-         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
-         "Cannot truncate non-integer value!");
-}
-
-void SCEVTruncateExpr::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
-  OS << "(trunc " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " << *Ty << ")";
-}
-
-SCEVZeroExtendExpr::SCEVZeroExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                                       const SCEV *op, const Type *ty)
-  : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scZeroExtend, op, ty) {
-  assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
-         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
-         "Cannot zero extend non-integer value!");
-}
-
-void SCEVZeroExtendExpr::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
-  OS << "(zext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " << *Ty << ")";
-}
-
-SCEVSignExtendExpr::SCEVSignExtendExpr(const FoldingSetNodeIDRef ID,
-                                       const SCEV *op, const Type *ty)
-  : SCEVCastExpr(ID, scSignExtend, op, ty) {
-  assert((Op->getType()->isIntegerTy() || Op->getType()->isPointerTy()) &&
-         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
-         "Cannot sign extend non-integer value!");
-}
-
-void SCEVSignExtendExpr::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
-  OS << "(sext " << *Op->getType() << " " << *Op << " to " << *Ty << ")";
-}
-
-void SCEVCommutativeExpr::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
-  const char *OpStr = getOperationStr();
-  OS << "(";
-  for (op_iterator I = op_begin(), E = op_end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    OS << **I;
-    if (next(I) != E)
-      OS << OpStr;
-  }
-  OS << ")";
-}
-
-bool SCEVNAryExpr::dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-    if (!getOperand(i)->dominates(BB, DT))
-      return false;
-  }
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool SCEVNAryExpr::properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-    if (!getOperand(i)->properlyDominates(BB, DT))
-      return false;
-  }
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool SCEVUDivExpr::dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-  return LHS->dominates(BB, DT) && RHS->dominates(BB, DT);
-}
-
-bool SCEVUDivExpr::properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-  return LHS->properlyDominates(BB, DT) && RHS->properlyDominates(BB, DT);
-}
-
-void SCEVUDivExpr::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
-  OS << "(" << *LHS << " /u " << *RHS << ")";
-}
-
-const Type *SCEVUDivExpr::getType() const {
-  // In most cases the types of LHS and RHS will be the same, but in some
-  // crazy cases one or the other may be a pointer. ScalarEvolution doesn't
-  // depend on the type for correctness, but handling types carefully can
-  // avoid extra casts in the SCEVExpander. The LHS is more likely to be
-  // a pointer type than the RHS, so use the RHS' type here.
-  return RHS->getType();
-}
-
-bool SCEVAddRecExpr::isLoopInvariant(const Loop *QueryLoop) const {
-  // Add recurrences are never invariant in the function-body (null loop).
-  if (!QueryLoop)
-    return false;
-
-  // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. QueryLoop if QueryLoop contains L.
-  if (QueryLoop->contains(L))
-    return false;
-
-  // This recurrence is variant w.r.t. QueryLoop if any of its operands
-  // are variant.
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-    if (!getOperand(i)->isLoopInvariant(QueryLoop))
-      return false;
-
-  // Otherwise it's loop-invariant.
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool
-SCEVAddRecExpr::dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-  return DT->dominates(L->getHeader(), BB) &&
-         SCEVNAryExpr::dominates(BB, DT);
-}
-
-bool
-SCEVAddRecExpr::properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-  // This uses a "dominates" query instead of "properly dominates" query because
-  // the instruction which produces the addrec's value is a PHI, and a PHI
-  // effectively properly dominates its entire containing block.
-  return DT->dominates(L->getHeader(), BB) &&
-         SCEVNAryExpr::properlyDominates(BB, DT);
-}
-
-void SCEVAddRecExpr::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
-  OS << "{" << *Operands[0];
-  for (unsigned i = 1, e = NumOperands; i != e; ++i)
-    OS << ",+," << *Operands[i];
-  OS << "}<";
-  WriteAsOperand(OS, L->getHeader(), /*PrintType=*/false);
-  OS << ">";
-}
-
-bool SCEVUnknown::isLoopInvariant(const Loop *L) const {
-  // All non-instruction values are loop invariant.  All instructions are loop
-  // invariant if they are not contained in the specified loop.
-  // Instructions are never considered invariant in the function body
-  // (null loop) because they are defined within the "loop".
-  if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V))
-    return L && !L->contains(I);
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool SCEVUnknown::dominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-  if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(getValue()))
-    return DT->dominates(I->getParent(), BB);
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool SCEVUnknown::properlyDominates(BasicBlock *BB, DominatorTree *DT) const {
-  if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(getValue()))
-    return DT->properlyDominates(I->getParent(), BB);
-  return true;
-}
-
-const Type *SCEVUnknown::getType() const {
-  return V->getType();
-}
-
-bool SCEVUnknown::isSizeOf(const Type *&AllocTy) const {
-  if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
-    if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
-      if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
-        if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
-            CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
-            CE->getNumOperands() == 2)
-          if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(1)))
-            if (CI->isOne()) {
-              AllocTy = cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())
-                                 ->getElementType();
-              return true;
-            }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool SCEVUnknown::isAlignOf(const Type *&AllocTy) const {
-  if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
-    if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
-      if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
-        if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
-            CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
-          const Type *Ty =
-            cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
-          if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty))
-            if (!STy->isPacked() &&
-                CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
-                CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
-              if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(2)))
-                if (CI->isOne() &&
-                    STy->getNumElements() == 2 &&
-                    STy->getElementType(0)->isIntegerTy(1)) {
-                  AllocTy = STy->getElementType(1);
-                  return true;
-                }
-            }
-        }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-bool SCEVUnknown::isOffsetOf(const Type *&CTy, Constant *&FieldNo) const {
-  if (ConstantExpr *VCE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
-    if (VCE->getOpcode() == Instruction::PtrToInt)
-      if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(VCE->getOperand(0)))
-        if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr &&
-            CE->getNumOperands() == 3 &&
-            CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue() &&
-            CE->getOperand(1)->isNullValue()) {
-          const Type *Ty =
-            cast<PointerType>(CE->getOperand(0)->getType())->getElementType();
-          // Ignore vector types here so that ScalarEvolutionExpander doesn't
-          // emit getelementptrs that index into vectors.
-          if (Ty->isStructTy() || Ty->isArrayTy()) {
-            CTy = Ty;
-            FieldNo = CE->getOperand(2);
-            return true;
-          }
-        }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-void SCEVUnknown::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
-  const Type *AllocTy;
-  if (isSizeOf(AllocTy)) {
-    OS << "sizeof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
-    return;
-  }
-  if (isAlignOf(AllocTy)) {
-    OS << "alignof(" << *AllocTy << ")";
-    return;
-  }
-
-  const Type *CTy;
-  Constant *FieldNo;
-  if (isOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo)) {
-    OS << "offsetof(" << *CTy << ", ";
-    WriteAsOperand(OS, FieldNo, false);
-    OS << ")";
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Otherwise just print it normally.
-  WriteAsOperand(OS, V, false);
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                               SCEV Utilities
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-static bool CompareTypes(const Type *A, const Type *B) {
-  if (A->getTypeID() != B->getTypeID())
-    return A->getTypeID() < B->getTypeID();
-  if (const IntegerType *AI = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(A)) {
-    const IntegerType *BI = cast<IntegerType>(B);
-    return AI->getBitWidth() < BI->getBitWidth();
-  }
-  if (const PointerType *AI = dyn_cast<PointerType>(A)) {
-    const PointerType *BI = cast<PointerType>(B);
-    return CompareTypes(AI->getElementType(), BI->getElementType());
-  }
-  if (const ArrayType *AI = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(A)) {
-    const ArrayType *BI = cast<ArrayType>(B);
-    if (AI->getNumElements() != BI->getNumElements())
-      return AI->getNumElements() < BI->getNumElements();
-    return CompareTypes(AI->getElementType(), BI->getElementType());
-  }
-  if (const VectorType *AI = dyn_cast<VectorType>(A)) {
-    const VectorType *BI = cast<VectorType>(B);
-    if (AI->getNumElements() != BI->getNumElements())
-      return AI->getNumElements() < BI->getNumElements();
-    return CompareTypes(AI->getElementType(), BI->getElementType());
-  }
-  if (const StructType *AI = dyn_cast<StructType>(A)) {
-    const StructType *BI = cast<StructType>(B);
-    if (AI->getNumElements() != BI->getNumElements())
-      return AI->getNumElements() < BI->getNumElements();
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = AI->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i)
-      if (CompareTypes(AI->getElementType(i), BI->getElementType(i)) ||
-          CompareTypes(BI->getElementType(i), AI->getElementType(i)))
-        return CompareTypes(AI->getElementType(i), BI->getElementType(i));
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-namespace {
-  /// SCEVComplexityCompare - Return true if the complexity of the LHS is less
-  /// than the complexity of the RHS.  This comparator is used to canonicalize
-  /// expressions.
-  class SCEVComplexityCompare {
-    const LoopInfo *LI;
-  public:
-    explicit SCEVComplexityCompare(const LoopInfo *li) : LI(li) {}
-
-    bool operator()(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) const {
-      // Fast-path: SCEVs are uniqued so we can do a quick equality check.
-      if (LHS == RHS)
-        return false;
-
-      // Primarily, sort the SCEVs by their getSCEVType().
-      unsigned LType = LHS->getSCEVType(), RType = RHS->getSCEVType();
-      if (LType != RType)
-        return LType < RType;
-
-      // Aside from the getSCEVType() ordering, the particular ordering
-      // isn't very important except that it's beneficial to be consistent,
-      // so that (a + b) and (b + a) don't end up as different expressions.
-
-      // Sort SCEVUnknown values with some loose heuristics. TODO: This is
-      // not as complete as it could be.
-      if (const SCEVUnknown *LU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(LHS)) {
-        const SCEVUnknown *RU = cast<SCEVUnknown>(RHS);
-
-        // Order pointer values after integer values. This helps SCEVExpander
-        // form GEPs.
-        bool LIsPointer = LU->getType()->isPointerTy(),
-             RIsPointer = RU->getType()->isPointerTy();
-        if (LIsPointer != RIsPointer)
-          return RIsPointer;
-
-        // Compare getValueID values.
-        unsigned LID = LU->getValue()->getValueID(),
-                 RID = RU->getValue()->getValueID();
-        if (LID != RID)
-          return LID < RID;
-
-        // Sort arguments by their position.
-        if (const Argument *LA = dyn_cast<Argument>(LU->getValue())) {
-          const Argument *RA = cast<Argument>(RU->getValue());
-          return LA->getArgNo() < RA->getArgNo();
-        }
-
-        // For instructions, compare their loop depth, and their opcode.
-        // This is pretty loose.
-        if (const Instruction *LV = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LU->getValue())) {
-          const Instruction *RV = cast<Instruction>(RU->getValue());
-
-          // Compare loop depths.
-          unsigned LDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(LV->getParent()),
-                   RDepth = LI->getLoopDepth(RV->getParent());
-          if (LDepth != RDepth)
-            return LDepth < RDepth;
-
-          // Compare the number of operands.
-          unsigned LNumOps = LV->getNumOperands(),
-                   RNumOps = RV->getNumOperands();
-          if (LNumOps != RNumOps)
-            return LNumOps < RNumOps;
-        }
-
-        return false;
-      }
-
-      // Compare constant values.
-      if (const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
-        const SCEVConstant *RC = cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS);
-        const ConstantInt *LCC = LC->getValue();
-        const ConstantInt *RCC = RC->getValue();
-        unsigned LBitWidth = LCC->getBitWidth(), RBitWidth = RCC->getBitWidth();
-        if (LBitWidth != RBitWidth)
-          return LBitWidth < RBitWidth;
-        return LCC->getValue().ult(RCC->getValue());
-      }
-
-      // Compare addrec loop depths.
-      if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *LA = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) {
-        const SCEVAddRecExpr *RA = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS);
-        unsigned LDepth = LA->getLoop()->getLoopDepth(),
-                 RDepth = RA->getLoop()->getLoopDepth();
-        if (LDepth != RDepth)
-          return LDepth < RDepth;
-      }
-
-      // Lexicographically compare n-ary expressions.
-      if (const SCEVNAryExpr *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(LHS)) {
-        const SCEVNAryExpr *RC = cast<SCEVNAryExpr>(RHS);
-        unsigned LNumOps = LC->getNumOperands(), RNumOps = RC->getNumOperands();
-        for (unsigned i = 0; i != LNumOps; ++i) {
-          if (i >= RNumOps)
-            return false;
-          const SCEV *LOp = LC->getOperand(i), *ROp = RC->getOperand(i);
-          if (operator()(LOp, ROp))
-            return true;
-          if (operator()(ROp, LOp))
-            return false;
-        }
-        return LNumOps < RNumOps;
-      }
-
-      // Lexicographically compare udiv expressions.
-      if (const SCEVUDivExpr *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(LHS)) {
-        const SCEVUDivExpr *RC = cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(RHS);
-        const SCEV *LL = LC->getLHS(), *LR = LC->getRHS(),
-                   *RL = RC->getLHS(), *RR = RC->getRHS();
-        if (operator()(LL, RL))
-          return true;
-        if (operator()(RL, LL))
-          return false;
-        if (operator()(LR, RR))
-          return true;
-        if (operator()(RR, LR))
-          return false;
-        return false;
-      }
-
-      // Compare cast expressions by operand.
-      if (const SCEVCastExpr *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVCastExpr>(LHS)) {
-        const SCEVCastExpr *RC = cast<SCEVCastExpr>(RHS);
-        return operator()(LC->getOperand(), RC->getOperand());
-      }
-
-      llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV kind!");
-      return false;
-    }
-  };
-}
-
-/// GroupByComplexity - Given a list of SCEV objects, order them by their
-/// complexity, and group objects of the same complexity together by value.
-/// When this routine is finished, we know that any duplicates in the vector are
-/// consecutive and that complexity is monotonically increasing.
-///
-/// Note that we go take special precautions to ensure that we get deterministic
-/// results from this routine.  In other words, we don't want the results of
-/// this to depend on where the addresses of various SCEV objects happened to
-/// land in memory.
-///
-static void GroupByComplexity(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
-                              LoopInfo *LI) {
-  if (Ops.size() < 2) return;  // Noop
-  if (Ops.size() == 2) {
-    // This is the common case, which also happens to be trivially simple.
-    // Special case it.
-    if (SCEVComplexityCompare(LI)(Ops[1], Ops[0]))
-      std::swap(Ops[0], Ops[1]);
-    return;
-  }
-
-  // Do the rough sort by complexity.
-  std::stable_sort(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), SCEVComplexityCompare(LI));
-
-  // Now that we are sorted by complexity, group elements of the same
-  // complexity.  Note that this is, at worst, N^2, but the vector is likely to
-  // be extremely short in practice.  Note that we take this approach because we
-  // do not want to depend on the addresses of the objects we are grouping.
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e-2; ++i) {
-    const SCEV *S = Ops[i];
-    unsigned Complexity = S->getSCEVType();
-
-    // If there are any objects of the same complexity and same value as this
-    // one, group them.
-    for (unsigned j = i+1; j != e && Ops[j]->getSCEVType() == Complexity; ++j) {
-      if (Ops[j] == S) { // Found a duplicate.
-        // Move it to immediately after i'th element.
-        std::swap(Ops[i+1], Ops[j]);
-        ++i;   // no need to rescan it.
-        if (i == e-2) return;  // Done!
-      }
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                      Simple SCEV method implementations
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// BinomialCoefficient - Compute BC(It, K).  The result has width W.
-/// Assume, K > 0.
-static const SCEV *BinomialCoefficient(const SCEV *It, unsigned K,
-                                       ScalarEvolution &SE,
-                                       const Type* ResultTy) {
-  // Handle the simplest case efficiently.
-  if (K == 1)
-    return SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, ResultTy);
-
-  // We are using the following formula for BC(It, K):
-  //
-  //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / K!
-  //
-  // Suppose, W is the bitwidth of the return value.  We must be prepared for
-  // overflow.  Hence, we must assure that the result of our computation is
-  // equal to the accurate one modulo 2^W.  Unfortunately, division isn't
-  // safe in modular arithmetic.
-  //
-  // However, this code doesn't use exactly that formula; the formula it uses
-  // is something like the following, where T is the number of factors of 2 in
-  // K! (i.e. trailing zeros in the binary representation of K!), and ^ is
-  // exponentiation:
-  //
-  //   BC(It, K) = (It * (It - 1) * ... * (It - K + 1)) / 2^T / (K! / 2^T)
-  //
-  // This formula is trivially equivalent to the previous formula.  However,
-  // this formula can be implemented much more efficiently.  The trick is that
-  // K! / 2^T is odd, and exact division by an odd number *is* safe in modular
-  // arithmetic.  To do exact division in modular arithmetic, all we have
-  // to do is multiply by the inverse.  Therefore, this step can be done at
-  // width W.
-  //
-  // The next issue is how to safely do the division by 2^T.  The way this
-  // is done is by doing the multiplication step at a width of at least W + T
-  // bits.  This way, the bottom W+T bits of the product are accurate. Then,
-  // when we perform the division by 2^T (which is equivalent to a right shift
-  // by T), the bottom W bits are accurate.  Extra bits are okay; they'll get
-  // truncated out after the division by 2^T.
-  //
-  // In comparison to just directly using the first formula, this technique
-  // is much more efficient; using the first formula requires W * K bits,
-  // but this formula less than W + K bits. Also, the first formula requires
-  // a division step, whereas this formula only requires multiplies and shifts.
-  //
-  // It doesn't matter whether the subtraction step is done in the calculation
-  // width or the input iteration count's width; if the subtraction overflows,
-  // the result must be zero anyway.  We prefer here to do it in the width of
-  // the induction variable because it helps a lot for certain cases; CodeGen
-  // isn't smart enough to ignore the overflow, which leads to much less
-  // efficient code if the width of the subtraction is wider than the native
-  // register width.
-  //
-  // (It's possible to not widen at all by pulling out factors of 2 before
-  // the multiplication; for example, K=2 can be calculated as
-  // It/2*(It+(It*INT_MIN/INT_MIN)+-1). However, it requires
-  // extra arithmetic, so it's not an obvious win, and it gets
-  // much more complicated for K > 3.)
-
-  // Protection from insane SCEVs; this bound is conservative,
-  // but it probably doesn't matter.
-  if (K > 1000)
-    return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  unsigned W = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(ResultTy);
-
-  // Calculate K! / 2^T and T; we divide out the factors of two before
-  // multiplying for calculating K! / 2^T to avoid overflow.
-  // Other overflow doesn't matter because we only care about the bottom
-  // W bits of the result.
-  APInt OddFactorial(W, 1);
-  unsigned T = 1;
-  for (unsigned i = 3; i <= K; ++i) {
-    APInt Mult(W, i);
-    unsigned TwoFactors = Mult.countTrailingZeros();
-    T += TwoFactors;
-    Mult = Mult.lshr(TwoFactors);
-    OddFactorial *= Mult;
-  }
-
-  // We need at least W + T bits for the multiplication step
-  unsigned CalculationBits = W + T;
-
-  // Calculate 2^T, at width T+W.
-  APInt DivFactor = APInt(CalculationBits, 1).shl(T);
-
-  // Calculate the multiplicative inverse of K! / 2^T;
-  // this multiplication factor will perform the exact division by
-  // K! / 2^T.
-  APInt Mod = APInt::getSignedMinValue(W+1);
-  APInt MultiplyFactor = OddFactorial.zext(W+1);
-  MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
-  MultiplyFactor = MultiplyFactor.trunc(W);
-
-  // Calculate the product, at width T+W
-  const IntegerType *CalculationTy = IntegerType::get(SE.getContext(),
-                                                      CalculationBits);
-  const SCEV *Dividend = SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(It, CalculationTy);
-  for (unsigned i = 1; i != K; ++i) {
-    const SCEV *S = SE.getMinusSCEV(It, SE.getConstant(It->getType(), i));
-    Dividend = SE.getMulExpr(Dividend,
-                             SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(S, CalculationTy));
-  }
-
-  // Divide by 2^T
-  const SCEV *DivResult = SE.getUDivExpr(Dividend, SE.getConstant(DivFactor));
-
-  // Truncate the result, and divide by K! / 2^T.
-
-  return SE.getMulExpr(SE.getConstant(MultiplyFactor),
-                       SE.getTruncateOrZeroExtend(DivResult, ResultTy));
-}
-
-/// evaluateAtIteration - Return the value of this chain of recurrences at
-/// the specified iteration number.  We can evaluate this recurrence by
-/// multiplying each element in the chain by the binomial coefficient
-/// corresponding to it.  In other words, we can evaluate {A,+,B,+,C,+,D} as:
-///
-///   A*BC(It, 0) + B*BC(It, 1) + C*BC(It, 2) + D*BC(It, 3)
-///
-/// where BC(It, k) stands for binomial coefficient.
-///
-const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::evaluateAtIteration(const SCEV *It,
-                                                ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
-  const SCEV *Result = getStart();
-  for (unsigned i = 1, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-    // The computation is correct in the face of overflow provided that the
-    // multiplication is performed _after_ the evaluation of the binomial
-    // coefficient.
-    const SCEV *Coeff = BinomialCoefficient(It, i, SE, getType());
-    if (isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Coeff))
-      return Coeff;
-
-    Result = SE.getAddExpr(Result, SE.getMulExpr(getOperand(i), Coeff));
-  }
-  return Result;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                    SCEV Expression folder implementations
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getTruncateExpr(const SCEV *Op,
-                                             const Type *Ty) {
-  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
-         "This is not a truncating conversion!");
-  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
-         "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
-  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
-
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scTruncate);
-  ID.AddPointer(Op);
-  ID.AddPointer(Ty);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
-
-  // Fold if the operand is constant.
-  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
-    return getConstant(
-      cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getTrunc(SC->getValue(),
-                                               getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty))));
-
-  // trunc(trunc(x)) --> trunc(x)
-  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *ST = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op))
-    return getTruncateExpr(ST->getOperand(), Ty);
-
-  // trunc(sext(x)) --> sext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
-  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
-    return getTruncateOrSignExtend(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
-
-  // trunc(zext(x)) --> zext(x) if widening or trunc(x) if narrowing
-  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
-    return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
-
-  // If the input value is a chrec scev, truncate the chrec's operands.
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
-    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-      Operands.push_back(getTruncateExpr(AddRec->getOperand(i), Ty));
-    return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AddRec->getLoop());
-  }
-
-  // As a special case, fold trunc(undef) to undef. We don't want to
-  // know too much about SCEVUnknowns, but this special case is handy
-  // and harmless.
-  if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(Op))
-    if (isa<UndefValue>(U->getValue()))
-      return getSCEV(UndefValue::get(Ty));
-
-  // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node. We can reuse
-  // the existing insert position since if we get here, we won't have
-  // made any changes which would invalidate it.
-  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVTruncateExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
-                                                 Op, Ty);
-  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  return S;
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getZeroExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
-                                               const Type *Ty) {
-  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
-         "This is not an extending conversion!");
-  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
-         "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
-  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
-
-  // Fold if the operand is constant.
-  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
-    return getConstant(
-      cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getZExt(SC->getValue(),
-                                              getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty))));
-
-  // zext(zext(x)) --> zext(x)
-  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *SZ = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(Op))
-    return getZeroExtendExpr(SZ->getOperand(), Ty);
-
-  // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
-  // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scZeroExtend);
-  ID.AddPointer(Op);
-  ID.AddPointer(Ty);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
-
-  // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
-  // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can zero extend all of the
-  // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
-  // this:  for (unsigned char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
-    if (AR->isAffine()) {
-      const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
-      const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
-      unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
-      const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
-
-      // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
-      // we don't need to do any further analysis.
-      if (AR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
-        return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
-                             getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
-                             L);
-
-      // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
-      // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
-      // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
-      // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
-      // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
-      // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
-      // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
-      // that value once it has finished.
-      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
-      if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
-        // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
-        // overflow.
-
-        // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
-        // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
-        const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
-          getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
-        const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
-          getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
-        if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
-          const Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
-          // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no unsigned overflow.
-          const SCEV *ZMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step);
-          const SCEV *Add = getAddExpr(Start, ZMul);
-          const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
-            getAddExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy),
-                       getMulExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy),
-                                  getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
-          if (getZeroExtendExpr(Add, WideTy) == OperandExtendedAdd)
-            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
-            return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
-                                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
-                                 L);
-
-          // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as signed.
-          // This covers loops that count down.
-          const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step);
-          Add = getAddExpr(Start, SMul);
-          OperandExtendedAdd =
-            getAddExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, WideTy),
-                       getMulExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy),
-                                  getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
-          if (getZeroExtendExpr(Add, WideTy) == OperandExtendedAdd)
-            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
-            return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
-                                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
-                                 L);
-        }
-
-        // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value
-        // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison
-        // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison
-        // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe.
-        if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
-          const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth) -
-                                      getUnsignedRange(Step).getUnsignedMax());
-          if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, AR, N) ||
-              (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Start, N) &&
-               isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
-                                           AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N)))
-            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
-            return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
-                                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
-                                 L);
-        } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
-          const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth) -
-                                      getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin());
-          if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, AR, N) ||
-              (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Start, N) &&
-               isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT,
-                                           AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N)))
-            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
-            return getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
-                                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
-                                 L);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
-  // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
-  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
-  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVZeroExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
-                                                   Op, Ty);
-  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  return S;
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSignExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
-                                               const Type *Ty) {
-  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
-         "This is not an extending conversion!");
-  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
-         "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
-  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
-
-  // Fold if the operand is constant.
-  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
-    return getConstant(
-      cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSExt(SC->getValue(),
-                                              getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty))));
-
-  // sext(sext(x)) --> sext(x)
-  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SS = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(Op))
-    return getSignExtendExpr(SS->getOperand(), Ty);
-
-  // Before doing any expensive analysis, check to see if we've already
-  // computed a SCEV for this Op and Ty.
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scSignExtend);
-  ID.AddPointer(Op);
-  ID.AddPointer(Ty);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
-
-  // If the input value is a chrec scev, and we can prove that the value
-  // did not overflow the old, smaller, value, we can sign extend all of the
-  // operands (often constants).  This allows analysis of something like
-  // this:  for (signed char X = 0; X < 100; ++X) { int Y = X; }
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op))
-    if (AR->isAffine()) {
-      const SCEV *Start = AR->getStart();
-      const SCEV *Step = AR->getStepRecurrence(*this);
-      unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AR->getType());
-      const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
-
-      // If we have special knowledge that this addrec won't overflow,
-      // we don't need to do any further analysis.
-      if (AR->hasNoSignedWrap())
-        return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
-                             getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
-                             L);
-
-      // Check whether the backedge-taken count is SCEVCouldNotCompute.
-      // Note that this serves two purposes: It filters out loops that are
-      // simply not analyzable, and it covers the case where this code is
-      // being called from within backedge-taken count analysis, such that
-      // attempting to ask for the backedge-taken count would likely result
-      // in infinite recursion. In the later case, the analysis code will
-      // cope with a conservative value, and it will take care to purge
-      // that value once it has finished.
-      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
-      if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount)) {
-        // Manually compute the final value for AR, checking for
-        // overflow.
-
-        // Check whether the backedge-taken count can be losslessly casted to
-        // the addrec's type. The count is always unsigned.
-        const SCEV *CastedMaxBECount =
-          getTruncateOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Start->getType());
-        const SCEV *RecastedMaxBECount =
-          getTruncateOrZeroExtend(CastedMaxBECount, MaxBECount->getType());
-        if (MaxBECount == RecastedMaxBECount) {
-          const Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth * 2);
-          // Check whether Start+Step*MaxBECount has no signed overflow.
-          const SCEV *SMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step);
-          const SCEV *Add = getAddExpr(Start, SMul);
-          const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd =
-            getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy),
-                       getMulExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy),
-                                  getSignExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
-          if (getSignExtendExpr(Add, WideTy) == OperandExtendedAdd)
-            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
-            return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
-                                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
-                                 L);
-
-          // Similar to above, only this time treat the step value as unsigned.
-          // This covers loops that count up with an unsigned step.
-          const SCEV *UMul = getMulExpr(CastedMaxBECount, Step);
-          Add = getAddExpr(Start, UMul);
-          OperandExtendedAdd =
-            getAddExpr(getSignExtendExpr(Start, WideTy),
-                       getMulExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(CastedMaxBECount, WideTy),
-                                  getZeroExtendExpr(Step, WideTy)));
-          if (getSignExtendExpr(Add, WideTy) == OperandExtendedAdd)
-            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
-            return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
-                                 getZeroExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
-                                 L);
-        }
-
-        // If the backedge is guarded by a comparison with the pre-inc value
-        // the addrec is safe. Also, if the entry is guarded by a comparison
-        // with the start value and the backedge is guarded by a comparison
-        // with the post-inc value, the addrec is safe.
-        if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
-          const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth) -
-                                      getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMax());
-          if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, AR, N) ||
-              (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Start, N) &&
-               isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT,
-                                           AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N)))
-            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
-            return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
-                                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
-                                 L);
-        } else if (isKnownNegative(Step)) {
-          const SCEV *N = getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth) -
-                                      getSignedRange(Step).getSignedMin());
-          if (isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, AR, N) ||
-              (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, Start, N) &&
-               isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(L, ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT,
-                                           AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), N)))
-            // Return the expression with the addrec on the outside.
-            return getAddRecExpr(getSignExtendExpr(Start, Ty),
-                                 getSignExtendExpr(Step, Ty),
-                                 L);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  // The cast wasn't folded; create an explicit cast node.
-  // Recompute the insert position, as it may have been invalidated.
-  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
-  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSignExtendExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
-                                                   Op, Ty);
-  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  return S;
-}
-
-/// getAnyExtendExpr - Return a SCEV for the given operand extended with
-/// unspecified bits out to the given type.
-///
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAnyExtendExpr(const SCEV *Op,
-                                              const Type *Ty) {
-  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(Op->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
-         "This is not an extending conversion!");
-  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) &&
-         "This is not a conversion to a SCEVable type!");
-  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
-
-  // Sign-extend negative constants.
-  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Op))
-    if (SC->getValue()->getValue().isNegative())
-      return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
-
-  // Peel off a truncate cast.
-  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Op)) {
-    const SCEV *NewOp = T->getOperand();
-    if (getTypeSizeInBits(NewOp->getType()) < getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
-      return getAnyExtendExpr(NewOp, Ty);
-    return getTruncateOrNoop(NewOp, Ty);
-  }
-
-  // Next try a zext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
-  const SCEV *ZExt = getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
-  if (!isa<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(ZExt))
-    return ZExt;
-
-  // Next try a sext cast. If the cast is folded, use it.
-  const SCEV *SExt = getSignExtendExpr(Op, Ty);
-  if (!isa<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(SExt))
-    return SExt;
-
-  // Force the cast to be folded into the operands of an addrec.
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Op)) {
-    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Ops;
-    for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = AR->op_begin(), E = AR->op_end();
-         I != E; ++I)
-      Ops.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(*I, Ty));
-    return getAddRecExpr(Ops, AR->getLoop());
-  }
-
-  // As a special case, fold anyext(undef) to undef. We don't want to
-  // know too much about SCEVUnknowns, but this special case is handy
-  // and harmless.
-  if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(Op))
-    if (isa<UndefValue>(U->getValue()))
-      return getSCEV(UndefValue::get(Ty));
-
-  // If the expression is obviously signed, use the sext cast value.
-  if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Op))
-    return SExt;
-
-  // Absent any other information, use the zext cast value.
-  return ZExt;
-}
-
-/// CollectAddOperandsWithScales - Process the given Ops list, which is
-/// a list of operands to be added under the given scale, update the given
-/// map. This is a helper function for getAddRecExpr. As an example of
-/// what it does, given a sequence of operands that would form an add
-/// expression like this:
-///
-///    m + n + 13 + (A * (o + p + (B * q + m + 29))) + r + (-1 * r)
-///
-/// where A and B are constants, update the map with these values:
-///
-///    (m, 1+A*B), (n, 1), (o, A), (p, A), (q, A*B), (r, 0)
-///
-/// and add 13 + A*B*29 to AccumulatedConstant.
-/// This will allow getAddRecExpr to produce this:
-///
-///    13+A*B*29 + n + (m * (1+A*B)) + ((o + p) * A) + (q * A*B)
-///
-/// This form often exposes folding opportunities that are hidden in
-/// the original operand list.
-///
-/// Return true iff it appears that any interesting folding opportunities
-/// may be exposed. This helps getAddRecExpr short-circuit extra work in
-/// the common case where no interesting opportunities are present, and
-/// is also used as a check to avoid infinite recursion.
-///
-static bool
-CollectAddOperandsWithScales(DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> &M,
-                             SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> &NewOps,
-                             APInt &AccumulatedConstant,
-                             const SCEV *const *Ops, size_t NumOperands,
-                             const APInt &Scale,
-                             ScalarEvolution &SE) {
-  bool Interesting = false;
-
-  // Iterate over the add operands. They are sorted, with constants first.
-  unsigned i = 0;
-  while (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
-    ++i;
-    // Pull a buried constant out to the outside.
-    if (Scale != 1 || AccumulatedConstant != 0 || C->getValue()->isZero())
-      Interesting = true;
-    AccumulatedConstant += Scale * C->getValue()->getValue();
-  }
-
-  // Next comes everything else. We're especially interested in multiplies
-  // here, but they're in the middle, so just visit the rest with one loop.
-  for (; i != NumOperands; ++i) {
-    const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i]);
-    if (Mul && isa<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))) {
-      APInt NewScale =
-        Scale * cast<SCEVConstant>(Mul->getOperand(0))->getValue()->getValue();
-      if (Mul->getNumOperands() == 2 && isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1))) {
-        // A multiplication of a constant with another add; recurse.
-        const SCEVAddExpr *Add = cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Mul->getOperand(1));
-        Interesting |=
-          CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
-                                       Add->op_begin(), Add->getNumOperands(),
-                                       NewScale, SE);
-      } else {
-        // A multiplication of a constant with some other value. Update
-        // the map.
-        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin()+1, Mul->op_end());
-        const SCEV *Key = SE.getMulExpr(MulOps);
-        std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
-          M.insert(std::make_pair(Key, NewScale));
-        if (Pair.second) {
-          NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
-        } else {
-          Pair.first->second += NewScale;
-          // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
-          // a folding opportunity.
-          Interesting = true;
-        }
-      }
-    } else {
-      // An ordinary operand. Update the map.
-      std::pair<DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt>::iterator, bool> Pair =
-        M.insert(std::make_pair(Ops[i], Scale));
-      if (Pair.second) {
-        NewOps.push_back(Pair.first->first);
-      } else {
-        Pair.first->second += Scale;
-        // The map already had an entry for this value, which may indicate
-        // a folding opportunity.
-        Interesting = true;
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return Interesting;
-}
-
-namespace {
-  struct APIntCompare {
-    bool operator()(const APInt &LHS, const APInt &RHS) const {
-      return LHS.ult(RHS);
-    }
-  };
-}
-
-/// getAddExpr - Get a canonical add expression, or something simpler if
-/// possible.
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
-                                        bool HasNUW, bool HasNSW) {
-  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty add!");
-  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  const Type *ETy = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType());
-  for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) == ETy &&
-           "SCEVAddExpr operand types don't match!");
-#endif
-
-  // If HasNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer HasNUW.
-  if (!HasNUW && HasNSW) {
-    bool All = true;
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-      if (!isKnownNonNegative(Ops[i])) {
-        All = false;
-        break;
-      }
-    if (All) HasNUW = true;
-  }
-
-  // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
-  GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
-
-  // If there are any constants, fold them together.
-  unsigned Idx = 0;
-  if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
-    ++Idx;
-    assert(Idx < Ops.size());
-    while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
-      // We found two constants, fold them together!
-      Ops[0] = getConstant(LHSC->getValue()->getValue() +
-                           RHSC->getValue()->getValue());
-      if (Ops.size() == 2) return Ops[0];
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
-      LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
-    }
-
-    // If we are left with a constant zero being added, strip it off.
-    if (LHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
-      --Idx;
-    }
-
-    if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-  }
-
-  // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
-  // so, merge them together into an multiply expression.  Since we sorted the
-  // list, these values are required to be adjacent.
-  const Type *Ty = Ops[0]->getType();
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
-    if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1]) {      //  X + Y + Y  -->  X + Y*2
-      // Found a match, merge the two values into a multiply, and add any
-      // remaining values to the result.
-      const SCEV *Two = getConstant(Ty, 2);
-      const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[i], Two);
-      if (Ops.size() == 2)
-        return Mul;
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+2);
-      Ops.push_back(Mul);
-      return getAddExpr(Ops, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-    }
-
-  // Check for truncates. If all the operands are truncated from the same
-  // type, see if factoring out the truncate would permit the result to be
-  // folded. eg., trunc(x) + m*trunc(n) --> trunc(x + trunc(m)*n)
-  // if the contents of the resulting outer trunc fold to something simple.
-  for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
-    const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
-    const Type *DstType = Trunc->getType();
-    const Type *SrcType = Trunc->getOperand()->getType();
-    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeOps;
-    bool Ok = true;
-    // Check all the operands to see if they can be represented in the
-    // source type of the truncate.
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-      if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(Ops[i])) {
-        if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
-          Ok = false;
-          break;
-        }
-        LargeOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
-      } else if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[i])) {
-        LargeOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
-      } else if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[i])) {
-        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LargeMulOps;
-        for (unsigned j = 0, f = M->getNumOperands(); j != f && Ok; ++j) {
-          if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T =
-                dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(M->getOperand(j))) {
-            if (T->getOperand()->getType() != SrcType) {
-              Ok = false;
-              break;
-            }
-            LargeMulOps.push_back(T->getOperand());
-          } else if (const SCEVConstant *C =
-                       dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(M->getOperand(j))) {
-            LargeMulOps.push_back(getAnyExtendExpr(C, SrcType));
-          } else {
-            Ok = false;
-            break;
-          }
-        }
-        if (Ok)
-          LargeOps.push_back(getMulExpr(LargeMulOps));
-      } else {
-        Ok = false;
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-    if (Ok) {
-      // Evaluate the expression in the larger type.
-      const SCEV *Fold = getAddExpr(LargeOps, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-      // If it folds to something simple, use it. Otherwise, don't.
-      if (isa<SCEVConstant>(Fold) || isa<SCEVUnknown>(Fold))
-        return getTruncateExpr(Fold, DstType);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Skip past any other cast SCEVs.
-  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddExpr)
-    ++Idx;
-
-  // If there are add operands they would be next.
-  if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
-    bool DeletedAdd = false;
-    while (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
-      // If we have an add, expand the add operands onto the end of the operands
-      // list.
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
-      Ops.append(Add->op_begin(), Add->op_end());
-      DeletedAdd = true;
-    }
-
-    // If we deleted at least one add, we added operands to the end of the list,
-    // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
-    // any operands we just acquired.
-    if (DeletedAdd)
-      return getAddExpr(Ops);
-  }
-
-  // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
-  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
-    ++Idx;
-
-  // Check to see if there are any folding opportunities present with
-  // operands multiplied by constant values.
-  if (Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
-    uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
-    DenseMap<const SCEV *, APInt> M;
-    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps;
-    APInt AccumulatedConstant(BitWidth, 0);
-    if (CollectAddOperandsWithScales(M, NewOps, AccumulatedConstant,
-                                     Ops.data(), Ops.size(),
-                                     APInt(BitWidth, 1), *this)) {
-      // Some interesting folding opportunity is present, so its worthwhile to
-      // re-generate the operands list. Group the operands by constant scale,
-      // to avoid multiplying by the same constant scale multiple times.
-      std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare> MulOpLists;
-      for (SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8>::iterator I = NewOps.begin(),
-           E = NewOps.end(); I != E; ++I)
-        MulOpLists[M.find(*I)->second].push_back(*I);
-      // Re-generate the operands list.
-      Ops.clear();
-      if (AccumulatedConstant != 0)
-        Ops.push_back(getConstant(AccumulatedConstant));
-      for (std::map<APInt, SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>, APIntCompare>::iterator
-           I = MulOpLists.begin(), E = MulOpLists.end(); I != E; ++I)
-        if (I->first != 0)
-          Ops.push_back(getMulExpr(getConstant(I->first),
-                                   getAddExpr(I->second)));
-      if (Ops.empty())
-        return getConstant(Ty, 0);
-      if (Ops.size() == 1)
-        return Ops[0];
-      return getAddExpr(Ops);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // If we are adding something to a multiply expression, make sure the
-  // something is not already an operand of the multiply.  If so, merge it into
-  // the multiply.
-  for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
-    const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
-    for (unsigned MulOp = 0, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); MulOp != e; ++MulOp) {
-      const SCEV *MulOpSCEV = Mul->getOperand(MulOp);
-      for (unsigned AddOp = 0, e = Ops.size(); AddOp != e; ++AddOp)
-        if (MulOpSCEV == Ops[AddOp] && !isa<SCEVConstant>(Ops[AddOp])) {
-          // Fold W + X + (X * Y * Z)  -->  W + (X * ((Y*Z)+1))
-          const SCEV *InnerMul = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
-          if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
-            // If the multiply has more than two operands, we must get the
-            // Y*Z term.
-            SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end());
-            MulOps.erase(MulOps.begin()+MulOp);
-            InnerMul = getMulExpr(MulOps);
-          }
-          const SCEV *One = getConstant(Ty, 1);
-          const SCEV *AddOne = getAddExpr(InnerMul, One);
-          const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(AddOne, Ops[AddOp]);
-          if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
-          if (AddOp < Idx) {
-            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp);
-            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx-1);
-          } else {
-            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
-            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+AddOp-1);
-          }
-          Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
-          return getAddExpr(Ops);
-        }
-
-      // Check this multiply against other multiplies being added together.
-      for (unsigned OtherMulIdx = Idx+1;
-           OtherMulIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
-           ++OtherMulIdx) {
-        const SCEVMulExpr *OtherMul = cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[OtherMulIdx]);
-        // If MulOp occurs in OtherMul, we can fold the two multiplies
-        // together.
-        for (unsigned OMulOp = 0, e = OtherMul->getNumOperands();
-             OMulOp != e; ++OMulOp)
-          if (OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp) == MulOpSCEV) {
-            // Fold X + (A*B*C) + (A*D*E) --> X + (A*(B*C+D*E))
-            const SCEV *InnerMul1 = Mul->getOperand(MulOp == 0);
-            if (Mul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
-              SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(Mul->op_begin(),
-                                                  Mul->op_end());
-              MulOps.erase(MulOps.begin()+MulOp);
-              InnerMul1 = getMulExpr(MulOps);
-            }
-            const SCEV *InnerMul2 = OtherMul->getOperand(OMulOp == 0);
-            if (OtherMul->getNumOperands() != 2) {
-              SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> MulOps(OtherMul->op_begin(),
-                                                  OtherMul->op_end());
-              MulOps.erase(MulOps.begin()+OMulOp);
-              InnerMul2 = getMulExpr(MulOps);
-            }
-            const SCEV *InnerMulSum = getAddExpr(InnerMul1,InnerMul2);
-            const SCEV *OuterMul = getMulExpr(MulOpSCEV, InnerMulSum);
-            if (Ops.size() == 2) return OuterMul;
-            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
-            Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherMulIdx-1);
-            Ops.push_back(OuterMul);
-            return getAddExpr(Ops);
-          }
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
-  // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
-  // recurrence.
-  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
-    ++Idx;
-
-  // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
-  for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
-    // Scan all of the other operands to this add and add them to the vector if
-    // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
-    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
-    const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
-    const Loop *AddRecLoop = AddRec->getLoop();
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-      if (Ops[i]->isLoopInvariant(AddRecLoop)) {
-        LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
-        Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
-        --i; --e;
-      }
-
-    // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
-    if (!LIOps.empty()) {
-      //  NLI + LI + {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI + {LI+Start,+,Step}
-      LIOps.push_back(AddRec->getStart());
-
-      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> AddRecOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
-                                             AddRec->op_end());
-      AddRecOps[0] = getAddExpr(LIOps);
-
-      // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
-      // outer add and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
-      const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(AddRecOps, AddRecLoop,
-                                         HasNUW && AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap(),
-                                         HasNSW && AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap());
-
-      // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
-      if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
-
-      // Otherwise, add the folded AddRec by the non-liv parts.
-      for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
-        if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
-          Ops[i] = NewRec;
-          break;
-        }
-      return getAddExpr(Ops);
-    }
-
-    // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
-    // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
-    // added together.  If so, we can fold them.
-    for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
-         OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);++OtherIdx)
-      if (OtherIdx != Idx) {
-        const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
-        if (AddRecLoop == OtherAddRec->getLoop()) {
-          // Other + {A,+,B} + {C,+,D}  -->  Other + {A+C,+,B+D}
-          SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
-                                              AddRec->op_end());
-          for (unsigned i = 0, e = OtherAddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-            if (i >= NewOps.size()) {
-              NewOps.append(OtherAddRec->op_begin()+i,
-                            OtherAddRec->op_end());
-              break;
-            }
-            NewOps[i] = getAddExpr(NewOps[i], OtherAddRec->getOperand(i));
-          }
-          const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRecLoop);
-
-          if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
-
-          Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
-          Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherIdx-1);
-          Ops.push_back(NewAddRec);
-          return getAddExpr(Ops);
-        }
-      }
-
-    // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
-    // next one.
-  }
-
-  // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an add expr.  Check to see if we
-  // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scAddExpr);
-  ID.AddInteger(Ops.size());
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  SCEVAddExpr *S =
-    static_cast<SCEVAddExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
-  if (!S) {
-    const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
-    std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
-    S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
-                                        O, Ops.size());
-    UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  }
-  if (HasNUW) S->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true);
-  if (HasNSW) S->setHasNoSignedWrap(true);
-  return S;
-}
-
-/// getMulExpr - Get a canonical multiply expression, or something simpler if
-/// possible.
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMulExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops,
-                                        bool HasNUW, bool HasNSW) {
-  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty mul!");
-  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) ==
-           getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()) &&
-           "SCEVMulExpr operand types don't match!");
-#endif
-
-  // If HasNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer HasNUW.
-  if (!HasNUW && HasNSW) {
-    bool All = true;
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-      if (!isKnownNonNegative(Ops[i])) {
-        All = false;
-        break;
-      }
-    if (All) HasNUW = true;
-  }
-
-  // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
-  GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
-
-  // If there are any constants, fold them together.
-  unsigned Idx = 0;
-  if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
-
-    // C1*(C2+V) -> C1*C2 + C1*V
-    if (Ops.size() == 2)
-      if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1]))
-        if (Add->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
-            isa<SCEVConstant>(Add->getOperand(0)))
-          return getAddExpr(getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(0)),
-                            getMulExpr(LHSC, Add->getOperand(1)));
-
-    ++Idx;
-    while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
-      // We found two constants, fold them together!
-      ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
-                                           LHSC->getValue()->getValue() *
-                                           RHSC->getValue()->getValue());
-      Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
-      if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-      LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
-    }
-
-    // If we are left with a constant one being multiplied, strip it off.
-    if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->equalsInt(1)) {
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
-      --Idx;
-    } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isZero()) {
-      // If we have a multiply of zero, it will always be zero.
-      return Ops[0];
-    } else if (Ops[0]->isAllOnesValue()) {
-      // If we have a mul by -1 of an add, try distributing the -1 among the
-      // add operands.
-      if (Ops.size() == 2)
-        if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(Ops[1])) {
-          SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
-          bool AnyFolded = false;
-          for (SCEVAddRecExpr::op_iterator I = Add->op_begin(), E = Add->op_end();
-               I != E; ++I) {
-            const SCEV *Mul = getMulExpr(Ops[0], *I);
-            if (!isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Mul)) AnyFolded = true;
-            NewOps.push_back(Mul);
-          }
-          if (AnyFolded)
-            return getAddExpr(NewOps);
-        }
-    }
-
-    if (Ops.size() == 1)
-      return Ops[0];
-  }
-
-  // Skip over the add expression until we get to a multiply.
-  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scMulExpr)
-    ++Idx;
-
-  // If there are mul operands inline them all into this expression.
-  if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
-    bool DeletedMul = false;
-    while (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
-      // If we have an mul, expand the mul operands onto the end of the operands
-      // list.
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
-      Ops.append(Mul->op_begin(), Mul->op_end());
-      DeletedMul = true;
-    }
-
-    // If we deleted at least one mul, we added operands to the end of the list,
-    // and they are not necessarily sorted.  Recurse to resort and resimplify
-    // any operands we just acquired.
-    if (DeletedMul)
-      return getMulExpr(Ops);
-  }
-
-  // If there are any add recurrences in the operands list, see if any other
-  // added values are loop invariant.  If so, we can fold them into the
-  // recurrence.
-  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scAddRecExpr)
-    ++Idx;
-
-  // Scan over all recurrences, trying to fold loop invariants into them.
-  for (; Idx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]); ++Idx) {
-    // Scan all of the other operands to this mul and add them to the vector if
-    // they are loop invariant w.r.t. the recurrence.
-    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> LIOps;
-    const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[Idx]);
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-      if (Ops[i]->isLoopInvariant(AddRec->getLoop())) {
-        LIOps.push_back(Ops[i]);
-        Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i);
-        --i; --e;
-      }
-
-    // If we found some loop invariants, fold them into the recurrence.
-    if (!LIOps.empty()) {
-      //  NLI * LI * {Start,+,Step}  -->  NLI * {LI*Start,+,LI*Step}
-      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps;
-      NewOps.reserve(AddRec->getNumOperands());
-      const SCEV *Scale = getMulExpr(LIOps);
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-        NewOps.push_back(getMulExpr(Scale, AddRec->getOperand(i)));
-
-      // Build the new addrec. Propagate the NUW and NSW flags if both the
-      // outer mul and the inner addrec are guaranteed to have no overflow.
-      const SCEV *NewRec = getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop(),
-                                         HasNUW && AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap(),
-                                         HasNSW && AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap());
-
-      // If all of the other operands were loop invariant, we are done.
-      if (Ops.size() == 1) return NewRec;
-
-      // Otherwise, multiply the folded AddRec by the non-liv parts.
-      for (unsigned i = 0;; ++i)
-        if (Ops[i] == AddRec) {
-          Ops[i] = NewRec;
-          break;
-        }
-      return getMulExpr(Ops);
-    }
-
-    // Okay, if there weren't any loop invariants to be folded, check to see if
-    // there are multiple AddRec's with the same loop induction variable being
-    // multiplied together.  If so, we can fold them.
-    for (unsigned OtherIdx = Idx+1;
-         OtherIdx < Ops.size() && isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);++OtherIdx)
-      if (OtherIdx != Idx) {
-        const SCEVAddRecExpr *OtherAddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Ops[OtherIdx]);
-        if (AddRec->getLoop() == OtherAddRec->getLoop()) {
-          // F * G  -->  {A,+,B} * {C,+,D}  -->  {A*C,+,F*D + G*B + B*D}
-          const SCEVAddRecExpr *F = AddRec, *G = OtherAddRec;
-          const SCEV *NewStart = getMulExpr(F->getStart(),
-                                                 G->getStart());
-          const SCEV *B = F->getStepRecurrence(*this);
-          const SCEV *D = G->getStepRecurrence(*this);
-          const SCEV *NewStep = getAddExpr(getMulExpr(F, D),
-                                          getMulExpr(G, B),
-                                          getMulExpr(B, D));
-          const SCEV *NewAddRec = getAddRecExpr(NewStart, NewStep,
-                                               F->getLoop());
-          if (Ops.size() == 2) return NewAddRec;
-
-          Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
-          Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+OtherIdx-1);
-          Ops.push_back(NewAddRec);
-          return getMulExpr(Ops);
-        }
-      }
-
-    // Otherwise couldn't fold anything into this recurrence.  Move onto the
-    // next one.
-  }
-
-  // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an mul expr.  Check to see if we
-  // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scMulExpr);
-  ID.AddInteger(Ops.size());
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  SCEVMulExpr *S =
-    static_cast<SCEVMulExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
-  if (!S) {
-    const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
-    std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
-    S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVMulExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
-                                        O, Ops.size());
-    UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  }
-  if (HasNUW) S->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true);
-  if (HasNSW) S->setHasNoSignedWrap(true);
-  return S;
-}
-
-/// getUDivExpr - Get a canonical unsigned division expression, or something
-/// simpler if possible.
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUDivExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
-                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
-  assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(LHS->getType()) ==
-         getEffectiveSCEVType(RHS->getType()) &&
-         "SCEVUDivExpr operand types don't match!");
-
-  if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
-    if (RHSC->getValue()->equalsInt(1))
-      return LHS;                               // X udiv 1 --> x
-    // If the denominator is zero, the result of the udiv is undefined. Don't
-    // try to analyze it, because the resolution chosen here may differ from
-    // the resolution chosen in other parts of the compiler.
-    if (!RHSC->getValue()->isZero()) {
-      // Determine if the division can be folded into the operands of
-      // its operands.
-      // TODO: Generalize this to non-constants by using known-bits information.
-      const Type *Ty = LHS->getType();
-      unsigned LZ = RHSC->getValue()->getValue().countLeadingZeros();
-      unsigned MaxShiftAmt = getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) - LZ;
-      // For non-power-of-two values, effectively round the value up to the
-      // nearest power of two.
-      if (!RHSC->getValue()->getValue().isPowerOf2())
-        ++MaxShiftAmt;
-      const IntegerType *ExtTy =
-        IntegerType::get(getContext(), getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + MaxShiftAmt);
-      // {X,+,N}/C --> {X/C,+,N/C} if safe and N/C can be folded.
-      if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
-        if (const SCEVConstant *Step =
-              dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AR->getStepRecurrence(*this)))
-          if (!Step->getValue()->getValue()
-                .urem(RHSC->getValue()->getValue()) &&
-              getZeroExtendExpr(AR, ExtTy) ==
-              getAddRecExpr(getZeroExtendExpr(AR->getStart(), ExtTy),
-                            getZeroExtendExpr(Step, ExtTy),
-                            AR->getLoop())) {
-            SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
-            for (unsigned i = 0, e = AR->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-              Operands.push_back(getUDivExpr(AR->getOperand(i), RHS));
-            return getAddRecExpr(Operands, AR->getLoop());
-          }
-      // (A*B)/C --> A*(B/C) if safe and B/C can be folded.
-      if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(LHS)) {
-        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
-        for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-          Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(M->getOperand(i), ExtTy));
-        if (getZeroExtendExpr(M, ExtTy) == getMulExpr(Operands))
-          // Find an operand that's safely divisible.
-          for (unsigned i = 0, e = M->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-            const SCEV *Op = M->getOperand(i);
-            const SCEV *Div = getUDivExpr(Op, RHSC);
-            if (!isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Div) && getMulExpr(Div, RHSC) == Op) {
-              Operands = SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4>(M->op_begin(),
-                                                      M->op_end());
-              Operands[i] = Div;
-              return getMulExpr(Operands);
-            }
-          }
-      }
-      // (A+B)/C --> (A/C + B/C) if safe and A/C and B/C can be folded.
-      if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS)) {
-        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
-        for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-          Operands.push_back(getZeroExtendExpr(A->getOperand(i), ExtTy));
-        if (getZeroExtendExpr(A, ExtTy) == getAddExpr(Operands)) {
-          Operands.clear();
-          for (unsigned i = 0, e = A->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-            const SCEV *Op = getUDivExpr(A->getOperand(i), RHS);
-            if (isa<SCEVUDivExpr>(Op) ||
-                getMulExpr(Op, RHS) != A->getOperand(i))
-              break;
-            Operands.push_back(Op);
-          }
-          if (Operands.size() == A->getNumOperands())
-            return getAddExpr(Operands);
-        }
-      }
-
-      // Fold if both operands are constant.
-      if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
-        Constant *LHSCV = LHSC->getValue();
-        Constant *RHSCV = RHSC->getValue();
-        return getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getUDiv(LHSCV,
-                                                                   RHSCV)));
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scUDivExpr);
-  ID.AddPointer(LHS);
-  ID.AddPointer(RHS);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
-  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUDivExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
-                                             LHS, RHS);
-  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  return S;
-}
-
-
-/// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.
-/// Simplify the expression as much as possible.
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(const SCEV *Start,
-                                           const SCEV *Step, const Loop *L,
-                                           bool HasNUW, bool HasNSW) {
-  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands;
-  Operands.push_back(Start);
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *StepChrec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Step))
-    if (StepChrec->getLoop() == L) {
-      Operands.append(StepChrec->op_begin(), StepChrec->op_end());
-      return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L);
-    }
-
-  Operands.push_back(Step);
-  return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-}
-
-/// getAddRecExpr - Get an add recurrence expression for the specified loop.
-/// Simplify the expression as much as possible.
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::getAddRecExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Operands,
-                               const Loop *L,
-                               bool HasNUW, bool HasNSW) {
-  if (Operands.size() == 1) return Operands[0];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  for (unsigned i = 1, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[i]->getType()) ==
-           getEffectiveSCEVType(Operands[0]->getType()) &&
-           "SCEVAddRecExpr operand types don't match!");
-#endif
-
-  if (Operands.back()->isZero()) {
-    Operands.pop_back();
-    return getAddRecExpr(Operands, L, HasNUW, HasNSW); // {X,+,0}  -->  X
-  }
-
-  // It's tempting to want to call getMaxBackedgeTakenCount count here and
-  // use that information to infer NUW and NSW flags. However, computing a
-  // BE count requires calling getAddRecExpr, so we may not yet have a
-  // meaningful BE count at this point (and if we don't, we'd be stuck
-  // with a SCEVCouldNotCompute as the cached BE count).
-
-  // If HasNSW is true and all the operands are non-negative, infer HasNUW.
-  if (!HasNUW && HasNSW) {
-    bool All = true;
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
-      if (!isKnownNonNegative(Operands[i])) {
-        All = false;
-        break;
-      }
-    if (All) HasNUW = true;
-  }
-
-  // Canonicalize nested AddRecs in by nesting them in order of loop depth.
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NestedAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Operands[0])) {
-    const Loop *NestedLoop = NestedAR->getLoop();
-    if (L->contains(NestedLoop->getHeader()) ?
-        (L->getLoopDepth() < NestedLoop->getLoopDepth()) :
-        (!NestedLoop->contains(L->getHeader()) &&
-         DT->dominates(L->getHeader(), NestedLoop->getHeader()))) {
-      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NestedOperands(NestedAR->op_begin(),
-                                                  NestedAR->op_end());
-      Operands[0] = NestedAR->getStart();
-      // AddRecs require their operands be loop-invariant with respect to their
-      // loops. Don't perform this transformation if it would break this
-      // requirement.
-      bool AllInvariant = true;
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
-        if (!Operands[i]->isLoopInvariant(L)) {
-          AllInvariant = false;
-          break;
-        }
-      if (AllInvariant) {
-        NestedOperands[0] = getAddRecExpr(Operands, L);
-        AllInvariant = true;
-        for (unsigned i = 0, e = NestedOperands.size(); i != e; ++i)
-          if (!NestedOperands[i]->isLoopInvariant(NestedLoop)) {
-            AllInvariant = false;
-            break;
-          }
-        if (AllInvariant)
-          // Ok, both add recurrences are valid after the transformation.
-          return getAddRecExpr(NestedOperands, NestedLoop, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-      }
-      // Reset Operands to its original state.
-      Operands[0] = NestedAR;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an addrec expr.  Check to see if we
-  // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scAddRecExpr);
-  ID.AddInteger(Operands.size());
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Operands.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    ID.AddPointer(Operands[i]);
-  ID.AddPointer(L);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  SCEVAddRecExpr *S =
-    static_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP));
-  if (!S) {
-    const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Operands.size());
-    std::uninitialized_copy(Operands.begin(), Operands.end(), O);
-    S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVAddRecExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
-                                           O, Operands.size(), L);
-    UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  }
-  if (HasNUW) S->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true);
-  if (HasNSW) S->setHasNoSignedWrap(true);
-  return S;
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
-                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
-  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops;
-  Ops.push_back(LHS);
-  Ops.push_back(RHS);
-  return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
-}
-
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::getSMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
-  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty smax!");
-  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) ==
-           getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()) &&
-           "SCEVSMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
-#endif
-
-  // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
-  GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
-
-  // If there are any constants, fold them together.
-  unsigned Idx = 0;
-  if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
-    ++Idx;
-    assert(Idx < Ops.size());
-    while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
-      // We found two constants, fold them together!
-      ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
-                              APIntOps::smax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(),
-                                             RHSC->getValue()->getValue()));
-      Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
-      if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-      LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
-    }
-
-    // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
-    if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(true)) {
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
-      --Idx;
-    } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(true)) {
-      // If we have an smax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
-      // maximum-int.
-      return Ops[0];
-    }
-
-    if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-  }
-
-  // Find the first SMax
-  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scSMaxExpr)
-    ++Idx;
-
-  // Check to see if one of the operands is an SMax. If so, expand its operands
-  // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
-  if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
-    bool DeletedSMax = false;
-    while (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
-      Ops.append(SMax->op_begin(), SMax->op_end());
-      DeletedSMax = true;
-    }
-
-    if (DeletedSMax)
-      return getSMaxExpr(Ops);
-  }
-
-  // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
-  // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
-  // be adjacent.
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
-    //  X smax Y smax Y  -->  X smax Y
-    //  X smax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
-    if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
-        isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
-      --i; --e;
-    } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
-      --i; --e;
-    }
-
-  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-
-  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced smax down to nothing!");
-
-  // Okay, it looks like we really DO need an smax expr.  Check to see if we
-  // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scSMaxExpr);
-  ID.AddInteger(Ops.size());
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
-  const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
-  std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
-  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVSMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
-                                             O, Ops.size());
-  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  return S;
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
-                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
-  SmallVector<const SCEV *, 2> Ops;
-  Ops.push_back(LHS);
-  Ops.push_back(RHS);
-  return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
-}
-
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::getUMaxExpr(SmallVectorImpl<const SCEV *> &Ops) {
-  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Cannot get empty umax!");
-  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-#ifndef NDEBUG
-  for (unsigned i = 1, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    assert(getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[i]->getType()) ==
-           getEffectiveSCEVType(Ops[0]->getType()) &&
-           "SCEVUMaxExpr operand types don't match!");
-#endif
-
-  // Sort by complexity, this groups all similar expression types together.
-  GroupByComplexity(Ops, LI);
-
-  // If there are any constants, fold them together.
-  unsigned Idx = 0;
-  if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])) {
-    ++Idx;
-    assert(Idx < Ops.size());
-    while (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[Idx])) {
-      // We found two constants, fold them together!
-      ConstantInt *Fold = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
-                              APIntOps::umax(LHSC->getValue()->getValue(),
-                                             RHSC->getValue()->getValue()));
-      Ops[0] = getConstant(Fold);
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+1);  // Erase the folded element
-      if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-      LHSC = cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0]);
-    }
-
-    // If we are left with a constant minimum-int, strip it off.
-    if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMinValue(false)) {
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin());
-      --Idx;
-    } else if (cast<SCEVConstant>(Ops[0])->getValue()->isMaxValue(false)) {
-      // If we have an umax with a constant maximum-int, it will always be
-      // maximum-int.
-      return Ops[0];
-    }
-
-    if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-  }
-
-  // Find the first UMax
-  while (Idx < Ops.size() && Ops[Idx]->getSCEVType() < scUMaxExpr)
-    ++Idx;
-
-  // Check to see if one of the operands is a UMax. If so, expand its operands
-  // onto our operand list, and recurse to simplify.
-  if (Idx < Ops.size()) {
-    bool DeletedUMax = false;
-    while (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Ops[Idx])) {
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+Idx);
-      Ops.append(UMax->op_begin(), UMax->op_end());
-      DeletedUMax = true;
-    }
-
-    if (DeletedUMax)
-      return getUMaxExpr(Ops);
-  }
-
-  // Okay, check to see if the same value occurs in the operand list twice.  If
-  // so, delete one.  Since we sorted the list, these values are required to
-  // be adjacent.
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size()-1; i != e; ++i)
-    //  X umax Y umax Y  -->  X umax Y
-    //  X umax Y         -->  X, if X is always greater than Y
-    if (Ops[i] == Ops[i+1] ||
-        isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i+1, Ops.begin()+i+2);
-      --i; --e;
-    } else if (isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, Ops[i], Ops[i+1])) {
-      Ops.erase(Ops.begin()+i, Ops.begin()+i+1);
-      --i; --e;
-    }
-
-  if (Ops.size() == 1) return Ops[0];
-
-  assert(!Ops.empty() && "Reduced umax down to nothing!");
-
-  // Okay, it looks like we really DO need a umax expr.  Check to see if we
-  // already have one, otherwise create a new one.
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scUMaxExpr);
-  ID.AddInteger(Ops.size());
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Ops.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    ID.AddPointer(Ops[i]);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
-  const SCEV **O = SCEVAllocator.Allocate<const SCEV *>(Ops.size());
-  std::uninitialized_copy(Ops.begin(), Ops.end(), O);
-  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUMaxExpr(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator),
-                                             O, Ops.size());
-  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  return S;
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
-                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
-  // ~smax(~x, ~y) == smin(x, y).
-  return getNotSCEV(getSMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinExpr(const SCEV *LHS,
-                                         const SCEV *RHS) {
-  // ~umax(~x, ~y) == umin(x, y)
-  return getNotSCEV(getUMaxExpr(getNotSCEV(LHS), getNotSCEV(RHS)));
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSizeOfExpr(const Type *AllocTy) {
-  // If we have TargetData, we can bypass creating a target-independent
-  // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
-  // This is just a compile-time optimization.
-  if (TD)
-    return getConstant(TD->getIntPtrType(getContext()),
-                       TD->getTypeAllocSize(AllocTy));
-
-  Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getSizeOf(AllocTy);
-  if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C))
-    if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD))
-      C = Folded;
-  const Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(AllocTy));
-  return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty);
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getAlignOfExpr(const Type *AllocTy) {
-  Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getAlignOf(AllocTy);
-  if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C))
-    if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD))
-      C = Folded;
-  const Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(AllocTy));
-  return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty);
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(const StructType *STy,
-                                             unsigned FieldNo) {
-  // If we have TargetData, we can bypass creating a target-independent
-  // constant expression and then folding it back into a ConstantInt.
-  // This is just a compile-time optimization.
-  if (TD)
-    return getConstant(TD->getIntPtrType(getContext()),
-                       TD->getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(FieldNo));
-
-  Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getOffsetOf(STy, FieldNo);
-  if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C))
-    if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD))
-      C = Folded;
-  const Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(STy));
-  return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty);
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getOffsetOfExpr(const Type *CTy,
-                                             Constant *FieldNo) {
-  Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getOffsetOf(CTy, FieldNo);
-  if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C))
-    if (Constant *Folded = ConstantFoldConstantExpression(CE, TD))
-      C = Folded;
-  const Type *Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(PointerType::getUnqual(CTy));
-  return getTruncateOrZeroExtend(getSCEV(C), Ty);
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUnknown(Value *V) {
-  // Don't attempt to do anything other than create a SCEVUnknown object
-  // here.  createSCEV only calls getUnknown after checking for all other
-  // interesting possibilities, and any other code that calls getUnknown
-  // is doing so in order to hide a value from SCEV canonicalization.
-
-  FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-  ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
-  ID.AddPointer(V);
-  void *IP = 0;
-  if (const SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) return S;
-  SCEV *S = new (SCEVAllocator) SCEVUnknown(ID.Intern(SCEVAllocator), V);
-  UniqueSCEVs.InsertNode(S, IP);
-  return S;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//            Basic SCEV Analysis and PHI Idiom Recognition Code
-//
-
-/// isSCEVable - Test if values of the given type are analyzable within
-/// the SCEV framework. This primarily includes integer types, and it
-/// can optionally include pointer types if the ScalarEvolution class
-/// has access to target-specific information.
-bool ScalarEvolution::isSCEVable(const Type *Ty) const {
-  // Integers and pointers are always SCEVable.
-  return Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy();
-}
-
-/// getTypeSizeInBits - Return the size in bits of the specified type,
-/// for which isSCEVable must return true.
-uint64_t ScalarEvolution::getTypeSizeInBits(const Type *Ty) const {
-  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
-
-  // If we have a TargetData, use it!
-  if (TD)
-    return TD->getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
-
-  // Integer types have fixed sizes.
-  if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
-    return Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
-
-  // The only other support type is pointer. Without TargetData, conservatively
-  // assume pointers are 64-bit.
-  assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "isSCEVable permitted a non-SCEVable type!");
-  return 64;
-}
-
-/// getEffectiveSCEVType - Return a type with the same bitwidth as
-/// the given type and which represents how SCEV will treat the given
-/// type, for which isSCEVable must return true. For pointer types,
-/// this is the pointer-sized integer type.
-const Type *ScalarEvolution::getEffectiveSCEVType(const Type *Ty) const {
-  assert(isSCEVable(Ty) && "Type is not SCEVable!");
-
-  if (Ty->isIntegerTy())
-    return Ty;
-
-  // The only other support type is pointer.
-  assert(Ty->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected non-pointer non-integer type!");
-  if (TD) return TD->getIntPtrType(getContext());
-
-  // Without TargetData, conservatively assume pointers are 64-bit.
-  return Type::getInt64Ty(getContext());
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getCouldNotCompute() {
-  return &CouldNotCompute;
-}
-
-/// getSCEV - Return an existing SCEV if it exists, otherwise analyze the
-/// expression and create a new one.
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEV(Value *V) {
-  assert(isSCEVable(V->getType()) && "Value is not SCEVable!");
-
-  std::map<SCEVCallbackVH, const SCEV *>::iterator I = Scalars.find(V);
-  if (I != Scalars.end()) return I->second;
-  const SCEV *S = createSCEV(V);
-  Scalars.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(V, this), S));
-  return S;
-}
-
-/// getNegativeSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to -V = -1*V
-///
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNegativeSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
-  if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
-    return getConstant(
-               cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(VC->getValue())));
-
-  const Type *Ty = V->getType();
-  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
-  return getMulExpr(V,
-                  getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty))));
-}
-
-/// getNotSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to ~V = -1-V
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getNotSCEV(const SCEV *V) {
-  if (const SCEVConstant *VC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V))
-    return getConstant(
-                cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNot(VC->getValue())));
-
-  const Type *Ty = V->getType();
-  Ty = getEffectiveSCEVType(Ty);
-  const SCEV *AllOnes =
-                   getConstant(cast<ConstantInt>(Constant::getAllOnesValue(Ty)));
-  return getMinusSCEV(AllOnes, V);
-}
-
-/// getMinusSCEV - Return a SCEV corresponding to LHS - RHS.
-///
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMinusSCEV(const SCEV *LHS,
-                                          const SCEV *RHS) {
-  // X - Y --> X + -Y
-  return getAddExpr(LHS, getNegativeSCEV(RHS));
-}
-
-/// getTruncateOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
-/// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is zero
-/// extended.
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V,
-                                         const Type *Ty) {
-  const Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
-  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
-         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
-         "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
-    return V;  // No conversion
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
-    return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
-  return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
-}
-
-/// getTruncateOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
-/// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is sign
-/// extended.
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V,
-                                         const Type *Ty) {
-  const Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
-  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
-         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
-         "Cannot truncate or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
-    return V;  // No conversion
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) > getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
-    return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
-  return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
-}
-
-/// getNoopOrZeroExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
-/// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is zero
-/// extended.  The conversion must not be narrowing.
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrZeroExtend(const SCEV *V, const Type *Ty) {
-  const Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
-  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
-         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
-         "Cannot noop or zero extend with non-integer arguments!");
-  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
-         "getNoopOrZeroExtend cannot truncate!");
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
-    return V;  // No conversion
-  return getZeroExtendExpr(V, Ty);
-}
-
-/// getNoopOrSignExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
-/// input value to the specified type.  If the type must be extended, it is sign
-/// extended.  The conversion must not be narrowing.
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrSignExtend(const SCEV *V, const Type *Ty) {
-  const Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
-  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
-         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
-         "Cannot noop or sign extend with non-integer arguments!");
-  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
-         "getNoopOrSignExtend cannot truncate!");
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
-    return V;  // No conversion
-  return getSignExtendExpr(V, Ty);
-}
-
-/// getNoopOrAnyExtend - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of
-/// the input value to the specified type. If the type must be extended,
-/// it is extended with unspecified bits. The conversion must not be
-/// narrowing.
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::getNoopOrAnyExtend(const SCEV *V, const Type *Ty) {
-  const Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
-  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
-         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
-         "Cannot noop or any extend with non-integer arguments!");
-  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) <= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
-         "getNoopOrAnyExtend cannot truncate!");
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
-    return V;  // No conversion
-  return getAnyExtendExpr(V, Ty);
-}
-
-/// getTruncateOrNoop - Return a SCEV corresponding to a conversion of the
-/// input value to the specified type.  The conversion must not be widening.
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::getTruncateOrNoop(const SCEV *V, const Type *Ty) {
-  const Type *SrcTy = V->getType();
-  assert((SrcTy->isIntegerTy() || SrcTy->isPointerTy()) &&
-         (Ty->isIntegerTy() || Ty->isPointerTy()) &&
-         "Cannot truncate or noop with non-integer arguments!");
-  assert(getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) >= getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) &&
-         "getTruncateOrNoop cannot extend!");
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(SrcTy) == getTypeSizeInBits(Ty))
-    return V;  // No conversion
-  return getTruncateExpr(V, Ty);
-}
-
-/// getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of
-/// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umax operation
-/// with them.
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
-                                                        const SCEV *RHS) {
-  const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
-  const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
-
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
-    PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
-  else
-    PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
-
-  return getUMaxExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
-}
-
-/// getUMinFromMismatchedTypes - Promote the operands to the wider of
-/// the types using zero-extension, and then perform a umin operation
-/// with them.
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(const SCEV *LHS,
-                                                        const SCEV *RHS) {
-  const SCEV *PromotedLHS = LHS;
-  const SCEV *PromotedRHS = RHS;
-
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) > getTypeSizeInBits(RHS->getType()))
-    PromotedRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(RHS, LHS->getType());
-  else
-    PromotedLHS = getNoopOrZeroExtend(LHS, RHS->getType());
-
-  return getUMinExpr(PromotedLHS, PromotedRHS);
-}
-
-/// PushDefUseChildren - Push users of the given Instruction
-/// onto the given Worklist.
-static void
-PushDefUseChildren(Instruction *I,
-                   SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
-  // Push the def-use children onto the Worklist stack.
-  for (Value::use_iterator UI = I->use_begin(), UE = I->use_end();
-       UI != UE; ++UI)
-    Worklist.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
-}
-
-/// ForgetSymbolicValue - This looks up computed SCEV values for all
-/// instructions that depend on the given instruction and removes them from
-/// the Scalars map if they reference SymName. This is used during PHI
-/// resolution.
-void
-ScalarEvolution::ForgetSymbolicName(Instruction *PN, const SCEV *SymName) {
-  SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
-  PushDefUseChildren(PN, Worklist);
-
-  SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
-  Visited.insert(PN);
-  while (!Worklist.empty()) {
-    Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
-    if (!Visited.insert(I)) continue;
-
-    std::map<SCEVCallbackVH, const SCEV *>::iterator It =
-      Scalars.find(static_cast<Value *>(I));
-    if (It != Scalars.end()) {
-      // Short-circuit the def-use traversal if the symbolic name
-      // ceases to appear in expressions.
-      if (It->second != SymName && !It->second->hasOperand(SymName))
-        continue;
-
-      // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
-      // structure, it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
-      // by createNodeForPHI, or it's a single-value PHI. In the first case,
-      // additional loop trip count information isn't going to change anything.
-      // In the second case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary
-      // updates on its own when it gets to that point. In the third, we do
-      // want to forget the SCEVUnknown.
-      if (!isa<PHINode>(I) ||
-          !isa<SCEVUnknown>(It->second) ||
-          (I != PN && It->second == SymName)) {
-        ValuesAtScopes.erase(It->second);
-        Scalars.erase(It);
-      }
-    }
-
-    PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
-  }
-}
-
-/// createNodeForPHI - PHI nodes have two cases.  Either the PHI node exists in
-/// a loop header, making it a potential recurrence, or it doesn't.
-///
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForPHI(PHINode *PN) {
-  if (const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent()))
-    if (L->getHeader() == PN->getParent()) {
-      // The loop may have multiple entrances or multiple exits; we can analyze
-      // this phi as an addrec if it has a unique entry value and a unique
-      // backedge value.
-      Value *BEValueV = 0, *StartValueV = 0;
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
-        Value *V = PN->getIncomingValue(i);
-        if (L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(i))) {
-          if (!BEValueV) {
-            BEValueV = V;
-          } else if (BEValueV != V) {
-            BEValueV = 0;
-            break;
-          }
-        } else if (!StartValueV) {
-          StartValueV = V;
-        } else if (StartValueV != V) {
-          StartValueV = 0;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-      if (BEValueV && StartValueV) {
-        // While we are analyzing this PHI node, handle its value symbolically.
-        const SCEV *SymbolicName = getUnknown(PN);
-        assert(Scalars.find(PN) == Scalars.end() &&
-               "PHI node already processed?");
-        Scalars.insert(std::make_pair(SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this), SymbolicName));
-
-        // Using this symbolic name for the PHI, analyze the value coming around
-        // the back-edge.
-        const SCEV *BEValue = getSCEV(BEValueV);
-
-        // NOTE: If BEValue is loop invariant, we know that the PHI node just
-        // has a special value for the first iteration of the loop.
-
-        // If the value coming around the backedge is an add with the symbolic
-        // value we just inserted, then we found a simple induction variable!
-        if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(BEValue)) {
-          // If there is a single occurrence of the symbolic value, replace it
-          // with a recurrence.
-          unsigned FoundIndex = Add->getNumOperands();
-          for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-            if (Add->getOperand(i) == SymbolicName)
-              if (FoundIndex == e) {
-                FoundIndex = i;
-                break;
-              }
-
-          if (FoundIndex != Add->getNumOperands()) {
-            // Create an add with everything but the specified operand.
-            SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> Ops;
-            for (unsigned i = 0, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-              if (i != FoundIndex)
-                Ops.push_back(Add->getOperand(i));
-            const SCEV *Accum = getAddExpr(Ops);
-
-            // This is not a valid addrec if the step amount is varying each
-            // loop iteration, but is not itself an addrec in this loop.
-            if (Accum->isLoopInvariant(L) ||
-                (isa<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum) &&
-                 cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Accum)->getLoop() == L)) {
-              bool HasNUW = false;
-              bool HasNSW = false;
-
-              // If the increment doesn't overflow, then neither the addrec nor
-              // the post-increment will overflow.
-              if (const AddOperator *OBO = dyn_cast<AddOperator>(BEValueV)) {
-                if (OBO->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
-                  HasNUW = true;
-                if (OBO->hasNoSignedWrap())
-                  HasNSW = true;
-              }
-
-              const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
-              const SCEV *PHISCEV =
-                getAddRecExpr(StartVal, Accum, L, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-
-              // Since the no-wrap flags are on the increment, they apply to the
-              // post-incremented value as well.
-              if (Accum->isLoopInvariant(L))
-                (void)getAddRecExpr(getAddExpr(StartVal, Accum),
-                                    Accum, L, HasNUW, HasNSW);
-
-              // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
-              // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
-              // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
-              ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
-              Scalars[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
-              return PHISCEV;
-            }
-          }
-        } else if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec =
-                     dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(BEValue)) {
-          // Otherwise, this could be a loop like this:
-          //     i = 0;  for (j = 1; ..; ++j) { ....  i = j; }
-          // In this case, j = {1,+,1}  and BEValue is j.
-          // Because the other in-value of i (0) fits the evolution of BEValue
-          // i really is an addrec evolution.
-          if (AddRec->getLoop() == L && AddRec->isAffine()) {
-            const SCEV *StartVal = getSCEV(StartValueV);
-
-            // If StartVal = j.start - j.stride, we can use StartVal as the
-            // initial step of the addrec evolution.
-            if (StartVal == getMinusSCEV(AddRec->getOperand(0),
-                                         AddRec->getOperand(1))) {
-              const SCEV *PHISCEV =
-                 getAddRecExpr(StartVal, AddRec->getOperand(1), L);
-
-              // Okay, for the entire analysis of this edge we assumed the PHI
-              // to be symbolic.  We now need to go back and purge all of the
-              // entries for the scalars that use the symbolic expression.
-              ForgetSymbolicName(PN, SymbolicName);
-              Scalars[SCEVCallbackVH(PN, this)] = PHISCEV;
-              return PHISCEV;
-            }
-          }
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-  // If the PHI has a single incoming value, follow that value, unless the
-  // PHI's incoming blocks are in a different loop, in which case doing so
-  // risks breaking LCSSA form. Instcombine would normally zap these, but
-  // it doesn't have DominatorTree information, so it may miss cases.
-  if (Value *V = PN->hasConstantValue(DT)) {
-    bool AllSameLoop = true;
-    Loop *PNLoop = LI->getLoopFor(PN->getParent());
-    for (size_t i = 0, e = PN->getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i)
-      if (LI->getLoopFor(PN->getIncomingBlock(i)) != PNLoop) {
-        AllSameLoop = false;
-        break;
-      }
-    if (AllSameLoop)
-      return getSCEV(V);
-  }
-
-  // If it's not a loop phi, we can't handle it yet.
-  return getUnknown(PN);
-}
-
-/// createNodeForGEP - Expand GEP instructions into add and multiply
-/// operations. This allows them to be analyzed by regular SCEV code.
-///
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createNodeForGEP(GEPOperator *GEP) {
-
-  // Don't blindly transfer the inbounds flag from the GEP instruction to the
-  // Add expression, because the Instruction may be guarded by control flow
-  // and the no-overflow bits may not be valid for the expression in any
-  // context.
-
-  const Type *IntPtrTy = getEffectiveSCEVType(GEP->getType());
-  Value *Base = GEP->getOperand(0);
-  // Don't attempt to analyze GEPs over unsized objects.
-  if (!cast<PointerType>(Base->getType())->getElementType()->isSized())
-    return getUnknown(GEP);
-  const SCEV *TotalOffset = getConstant(IntPtrTy, 0);
-  gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
-  for (GetElementPtrInst::op_iterator I = next(GEP->op_begin()),
-                                      E = GEP->op_end();
-       I != E; ++I) {
-    Value *Index = *I;
-    // Compute the (potentially symbolic) offset in bytes for this index.
-    if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI++)) {
-      // For a struct, add the member offset.
-      unsigned FieldNo = cast<ConstantInt>(Index)->getZExtValue();
-      const SCEV *FieldOffset = getOffsetOfExpr(STy, FieldNo);
-
-      // Add the field offset to the running total offset.
-      TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, FieldOffset);
-    } else {
-      // For an array, add the element offset, explicitly scaled.
-      const SCEV *ElementSize = getSizeOfExpr(*GTI);
-      const SCEV *IndexS = getSCEV(Index);
-      // Getelementptr indices are signed.
-      IndexS = getTruncateOrSignExtend(IndexS, IntPtrTy);
-
-      // Multiply the index by the element size to compute the element offset.
-      const SCEV *LocalOffset = getMulExpr(IndexS, ElementSize);
-
-      // Add the element offset to the running total offset.
-      TotalOffset = getAddExpr(TotalOffset, LocalOffset);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Get the SCEV for the GEP base.
-  const SCEV *BaseS = getSCEV(Base);
-
-  // Add the total offset from all the GEP indices to the base.
-  return getAddExpr(BaseS, TotalOffset);
-}
-
-/// GetMinTrailingZeros - Determine the minimum number of zero bits that S is
-/// guaranteed to end in (at every loop iteration).  It is, at the same time,
-/// the minimum number of times S is divisible by 2.  For example, given {4,+,8}
-/// it returns 2.  If S is guaranteed to be 0, it returns the bitwidth of S.
-uint32_t
-ScalarEvolution::GetMinTrailingZeros(const SCEV *S) {
-  if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
-    return C->getValue()->getValue().countTrailingZeros();
-
-  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *T = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S))
-    return std::min(GetMinTrailingZeros(T->getOperand()),
-                    (uint32_t)getTypeSizeInBits(T->getType()));
-
-  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
-    uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
-    return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ?
-             getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *E = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
-    uint32_t OpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(E->getOperand());
-    return OpRes == getTypeSizeInBits(E->getOperand()->getType()) ?
-             getTypeSizeInBits(E->getType()) : OpRes;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVAddExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
-    // The result is the min of all operands results.
-    uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
-      MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
-    return MinOpRes;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVMulExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
-    // The result is the sum of all operands results.
-    uint32_t SumOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
-    uint32_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(M->getType());
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands();
-         SumOpRes != BitWidth && i != e; ++i)
-      SumOpRes = std::min(SumOpRes + GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)),
-                          BitWidth);
-    return SumOpRes;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *A = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
-    // The result is the min of all operands results.
-    uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = A->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
-      MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(A->getOperand(i)));
-    return MinOpRes;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
-    // The result is the min of all operands results.
-    uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
-      MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
-    return MinOpRes;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *M = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
-    // The result is the min of all operands results.
-    uint32_t MinOpRes = GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = M->getNumOperands(); MinOpRes && i != e; ++i)
-      MinOpRes = std::min(MinOpRes, GetMinTrailingZeros(M->getOperand(i)));
-    return MinOpRes;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
-    // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
-    unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType());
-    APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
-    APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0);
-    ComputeMaskedBits(U->getValue(), Mask, Zeros, Ones);
-    return Zeros.countTrailingOnes();
-  }
-
-  // SCEVUDivExpr
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/// getUnsignedRange - Determine the unsigned range for a particular SCEV.
-///
-ConstantRange
-ScalarEvolution::getUnsignedRange(const SCEV *S) {
-
-  if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
-    return ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue());
-
-  unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
-  ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
-
-  // If the value has known zeros, the maximum unsigned value will have those
-  // known zeros as well.
-  uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
-  if (TZ != 0)
-    ConservativeResult =
-      ConstantRange(APInt::getMinValue(BitWidth),
-                    APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth).lshr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
-
-  if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Add->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-      X = X.add(getUnsignedRange(Add->getOperand(i)));
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X);
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Mul->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-      X = X.multiply(getUnsignedRange(Mul->getOperand(i)));
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X);
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(SMax->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-      X = X.smax(getUnsignedRange(SMax->getOperand(i)));
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X);
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(UMax->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-      X = X.umax(getUnsignedRange(UMax->getOperand(i)));
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X);
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(UDiv->getLHS());
-    ConstantRange Y = getUnsignedRange(UDiv->getRHS());
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y));
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(ZExt->getOperand());
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth));
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(SExt->getOperand());
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth));
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getUnsignedRange(Trunc->getOperand());
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth));
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
-    // If there's no unsigned wrap, the value will never be less than its
-    // initial value.
-    if (AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
-      if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getStart()))
-        if (!C->getValue()->isZero())
-          ConservativeResult =
-            ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
-              ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue(), APInt(BitWidth, 0)));
-
-    // TODO: non-affine addrec
-    if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
-      const Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
-      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
-      if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
-          getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
-        MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty);
-
-        const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart();
-        const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this);
-
-        ConstantRange StartRange = getUnsignedRange(Start);
-        ConstantRange StepRange = getSignedRange(Step);
-        ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount);
-        ConstantRange EndRange =
-          StartRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepRange));
-
-        // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic
-        // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow
-        // checking code.
-        ConstantRange ExtStartRange = StartRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
-        ConstantRange ExtStepRange = StepRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
-        ConstantRange ExtMaxBECountRange =
-          MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
-        ConstantRange ExtEndRange = EndRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
-        if (ExtStartRange.add(ExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(ExtStepRange)) !=
-            ExtEndRange)
-          return ConservativeResult;
-
-        APInt Min = APIntOps::umin(StartRange.getUnsignedMin(),
-                                   EndRange.getUnsignedMin());
-        APInt Max = APIntOps::umax(StartRange.getUnsignedMax(),
-                                   EndRange.getUnsignedMax());
-        if (Min.isMinValue() && Max.isMaxValue())
-          return ConservativeResult;
-        return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max+1));
-      }
-    }
-
-    return ConservativeResult;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
-    // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
-    APInt Mask = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
-    APInt Zeros(BitWidth, 0), Ones(BitWidth, 0);
-    ComputeMaskedBits(U->getValue(), Mask, Zeros, Ones, TD);
-    if (Ones == ~Zeros + 1)
-      return ConservativeResult;
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Ones, ~Zeros + 1));
-  }
-
-  return ConservativeResult;
-}
-
-/// getSignedRange - Determine the signed range for a particular SCEV.
-///
-ConstantRange
-ScalarEvolution::getSignedRange(const SCEV *S) {
-
-  if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(S))
-    return ConstantRange(C->getValue()->getValue());
-
-  unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(S->getType());
-  ConstantRange ConservativeResult(BitWidth, /*isFullSet=*/true);
-
-  // If the value has known zeros, the maximum signed value will have those
-  // known zeros as well.
-  uint32_t TZ = GetMinTrailingZeros(S);
-  if (TZ != 0)
-    ConservativeResult =
-      ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
-                    APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(TZ).shl(TZ) + 1);
-
-  if (const SCEVAddExpr *Add = dyn_cast<SCEVAddExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Add->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = Add->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-      X = X.add(getSignedRange(Add->getOperand(i)));
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X);
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVMulExpr *Mul = dyn_cast<SCEVMulExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Mul->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = Mul->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-      X = X.multiply(getSignedRange(Mul->getOperand(i)));
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X);
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVSMaxExpr *SMax = dyn_cast<SCEVSMaxExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(SMax->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = SMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-      X = X.smax(getSignedRange(SMax->getOperand(i)));
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X);
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVUMaxExpr *UMax = dyn_cast<SCEVUMaxExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(UMax->getOperand(0));
-    for (unsigned i = 1, e = UMax->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-      X = X.umax(getSignedRange(UMax->getOperand(i)));
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X);
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVUDivExpr *UDiv = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(UDiv->getLHS());
-    ConstantRange Y = getSignedRange(UDiv->getRHS());
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.udiv(Y));
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *ZExt = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(ZExt->getOperand());
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.zeroExtend(BitWidth));
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *SExt = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(SExt->getOperand());
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.signExtend(BitWidth));
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Trunc = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(S)) {
-    ConstantRange X = getSignedRange(Trunc->getOperand());
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(X.truncate(BitWidth));
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
-    // If there's no signed wrap, and all the operands have the same sign or
-    // zero, the value won't ever change sign.
-    if (AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap()) {
-      bool AllNonNeg = true;
-      bool AllNonPos = true;
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-        if (!isKnownNonNegative(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonNeg = false;
-        if (!isKnownNonPositive(AddRec->getOperand(i))) AllNonPos = false;
-      }
-      if (AllNonNeg)
-        ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
-          ConstantRange(APInt(BitWidth, 0),
-                        APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth)));
-      else if (AllNonPos)
-        ConservativeResult = ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
-          ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth),
-                        APInt(BitWidth, 1)));
-    }
-
-    // TODO: non-affine addrec
-    if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
-      const Type *Ty = AddRec->getType();
-      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
-      if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(MaxBECount) &&
-          getTypeSizeInBits(MaxBECount->getType()) <= BitWidth) {
-        MaxBECount = getNoopOrZeroExtend(MaxBECount, Ty);
-
-        const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getStart();
-        const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this);
-
-        ConstantRange StartRange = getSignedRange(Start);
-        ConstantRange StepRange = getSignedRange(Step);
-        ConstantRange MaxBECountRange = getUnsignedRange(MaxBECount);
-        ConstantRange EndRange =
-          StartRange.add(MaxBECountRange.multiply(StepRange));
-
-        // Check for overflow. This must be done with ConstantRange arithmetic
-        // because we could be called from within the ScalarEvolution overflow
-        // checking code.
-        ConstantRange ExtStartRange = StartRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
-        ConstantRange ExtStepRange = StepRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
-        ConstantRange ExtMaxBECountRange =
-          MaxBECountRange.zextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
-        ConstantRange ExtEndRange = EndRange.sextOrTrunc(BitWidth*2+1);
-        if (ExtStartRange.add(ExtMaxBECountRange.multiply(ExtStepRange)) !=
-            ExtEndRange)
-          return ConservativeResult;
-
-        APInt Min = APIntOps::smin(StartRange.getSignedMin(),
-                                   EndRange.getSignedMin());
-        APInt Max = APIntOps::smax(StartRange.getSignedMax(),
-                                   EndRange.getSignedMax());
-        if (Min.isMinSignedValue() && Max.isMaxSignedValue())
-          return ConservativeResult;
-        return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(ConstantRange(Min, Max+1));
-      }
-    }
-
-    return ConservativeResult;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVUnknown *U = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(S)) {
-    // For a SCEVUnknown, ask ValueTracking.
-    if (!U->getValue()->getType()->isIntegerTy() && !TD)
-      return ConservativeResult;
-    unsigned NS = ComputeNumSignBits(U->getValue(), TD);
-    if (NS == 1)
-      return ConservativeResult;
-    return ConservativeResult.intersectWith(
-      ConstantRange(APInt::getSignedMinValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1),
-                    APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth).ashr(NS - 1)+1));
-  }
-
-  return ConservativeResult;
-}
-
-/// createSCEV - We know that there is no SCEV for the specified value.
-/// Analyze the expression.
-///
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::createSCEV(Value *V) {
-  if (!isSCEVable(V->getType()))
-    return getUnknown(V);
-
-  unsigned Opcode = Instruction::UserOp1;
-  if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
-    Opcode = I->getOpcode();
-
-    // Don't attempt to analyze instructions in blocks that aren't
-    // reachable. Such instructions don't matter, and they aren't required
-    // to obey basic rules for definitions dominating uses which this
-    // analysis depends on.
-    if (!DT->isReachableFromEntry(I->getParent()))
-      return getUnknown(V);
-  } else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
-    Opcode = CE->getOpcode();
-  else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
-    return getConstant(CI);
-  else if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(V))
-    return getConstant(V->getType(), 0);
-  else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(V))
-    return GA->mayBeOverridden() ? getUnknown(V) : getSCEV(GA->getAliasee());
-  else
-    return getUnknown(V);
-
-  Operator *U = cast<Operator>(V);
-  switch (Opcode) {
-  case Instruction::Add:
-    return getAddExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
-                      getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
-  case Instruction::Mul:
-    return getMulExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
-                      getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
-  case Instruction::UDiv:
-    return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
-                       getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
-  case Instruction::Sub:
-    return getMinusSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
-                        getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
-  case Instruction::And:
-    // For an expression like x&255 that merely masks off the high bits,
-    // use zext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
-    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
-      if (CI->isNullValue())
-        return getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
-      if (CI->isAllOnesValue())
-        return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
-      const APInt &A = CI->getValue();
-
-      // Instcombine's ShrinkDemandedConstant may strip bits out of
-      // constants, obscuring what would otherwise be a low-bits mask.
-      // Use ComputeMaskedBits to compute what ShrinkDemandedConstant
-      // knew about to reconstruct a low-bits mask value.
-      unsigned LZ = A.countLeadingZeros();
-      unsigned BitWidth = A.getBitWidth();
-      APInt AllOnes = APInt::getAllOnesValue(BitWidth);
-      APInt KnownZero(BitWidth, 0), KnownOne(BitWidth, 0);
-      ComputeMaskedBits(U->getOperand(0), AllOnes, KnownZero, KnownOne, TD);
-
-      APInt EffectiveMask = APInt::getLowBitsSet(BitWidth, BitWidth - LZ);
-
-      if (LZ != 0 && !((~A & ~KnownZero) & EffectiveMask))
-        return
-          getZeroExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
-                                IntegerType::get(getContext(), BitWidth - LZ)),
-                            U->getType());
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case Instruction::Or:
-    // If the RHS of the Or is a constant, we may have something like:
-    // X*4+1 which got turned into X*4|1.  Handle this as an Add so loop
-    // optimizations will transparently handle this case.
-    //
-    // In order for this transformation to be safe, the LHS must be of the
-    // form X*(2^n) and the Or constant must be less than 2^n.
-    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
-      const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
-      const APInt &CIVal = CI->getValue();
-      if (GetMinTrailingZeros(LHS) >=
-          (CIVal.getBitWidth() - CIVal.countLeadingZeros())) {
-        // Build a plain add SCEV.
-        const SCEV *S = getAddExpr(LHS, getSCEV(CI));
-        // If the LHS of the add was an addrec and it has no-wrap flags,
-        // transfer the no-wrap flags, since an or won't introduce a wrap.
-        if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *NewAR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(S)) {
-          const SCEVAddRecExpr *OldAR = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
-          if (OldAR->hasNoUnsignedWrap())
-            const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setHasNoUnsignedWrap(true);
-          if (OldAR->hasNoSignedWrap())
-            const_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr *>(NewAR)->setHasNoSignedWrap(true);
-        }
-        return S;
-      }
-    }
-    break;
-  case Instruction::Xor:
-    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
-      // If the RHS of the xor is a signbit, then this is just an add.
-      // Instcombine turns add of signbit into xor as a strength reduction step.
-      if (CI->getValue().isSignBit())
-        return getAddExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)),
-                          getSCEV(U->getOperand(1)));
-
-      // If the RHS of xor is -1, then this is a not operation.
-      if (CI->isAllOnesValue())
-        return getNotSCEV(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)));
-
-      // Model xor(and(x, C), C) as and(~x, C), if C is a low-bits mask.
-      // This is a variant of the check for xor with -1, and it handles
-      // the case where instcombine has trimmed non-demanded bits out
-      // of an xor with -1.
-      if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(U->getOperand(0)))
-        if (ConstantInt *LCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1)))
-          if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
-              LCI->getValue() == CI->getValue())
-            if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Z =
-                  dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)))) {
-              const Type *UTy = U->getType();
-              const SCEV *Z0 = Z->getOperand();
-              const Type *Z0Ty = Z0->getType();
-              unsigned Z0TySize = getTypeSizeInBits(Z0Ty);
-
-              // If C is a low-bits mask, the zero extend is serving to
-              // mask off the high bits. Complement the operand and
-              // re-apply the zext.
-              if (APIntOps::isMask(Z0TySize, CI->getValue()))
-                return getZeroExtendExpr(getNotSCEV(Z0), UTy);
-
-              // If C is a single bit, it may be in the sign-bit position
-              // before the zero-extend. In this case, represent the xor
-              // using an add, which is equivalent, and re-apply the zext.
-              APInt Trunc = APInt(CI->getValue()).trunc(Z0TySize);
-              if (APInt(Trunc).zext(getTypeSizeInBits(UTy)) == CI->getValue() &&
-                  Trunc.isSignBit())
-                return getZeroExtendExpr(getAddExpr(Z0, getConstant(Trunc)),
-                                         UTy);
-            }
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case Instruction::Shl:
-    // Turn shift left of a constant amount into a multiply.
-    if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
-      uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth();
-
-      // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
-      // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
-      // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
-      // other parts of the compiler.
-      if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
-        break;
-
-      Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
-        APInt(BitWidth, 1).shl(SA->getZExtValue()));
-      return getMulExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X));
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case Instruction::LShr:
-    // Turn logical shift right of a constant into a unsigned divide.
-    if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1))) {
-      uint32_t BitWidth = cast<IntegerType>(U->getType())->getBitWidth();
-
-      // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
-      // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
-      // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
-      // other parts of the compiler.
-      if (SA->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
-        break;
-
-      Constant *X = ConstantInt::get(getContext(),
-        APInt(BitWidth, 1).shl(SA->getZExtValue()));
-      return getUDivExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), getSCEV(X));
-    }
-    break;
-
-  case Instruction::AShr:
-    // For a two-shift sext-inreg, use sext(trunc(x)) as the SCEV expression.
-    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(U->getOperand(1)))
-      if (Operator *L = dyn_cast<Operator>(U->getOperand(0)))
-        if (L->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
-            L->getOperand(1) == U->getOperand(1)) {
-          uint64_t BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(U->getType());
-
-          // If the shift count is not less than the bitwidth, the result of
-          // the shift is undefined. Don't try to analyze it, because the
-          // resolution chosen here may differ from the resolution chosen in
-          // other parts of the compiler.
-          if (CI->getValue().uge(BitWidth))
-            break;
-
-          uint64_t Amt = BitWidth - CI->getZExtValue();
-          if (Amt == BitWidth)
-            return getSCEV(L->getOperand(0));       // shift by zero --> noop
-          return
-            getSignExtendExpr(getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(L->getOperand(0)),
-                                              IntegerType::get(getContext(),
-                                                               Amt)),
-                              U->getType());
-        }
-    break;
-
-  case Instruction::Trunc:
-    return getTruncateExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
-
-  case Instruction::ZExt:
-    return getZeroExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
-
-  case Instruction::SExt:
-    return getSignExtendExpr(getSCEV(U->getOperand(0)), U->getType());
-
-  case Instruction::BitCast:
-    // BitCasts are no-op casts so we just eliminate the cast.
-    if (isSCEVable(U->getType()) && isSCEVable(U->getOperand(0)->getType()))
-      return getSCEV(U->getOperand(0));
-    break;
-
-  // It's tempting to handle inttoptr and ptrtoint as no-ops, however this can
-  // lead to pointer expressions which cannot safely be expanded to GEPs,
-  // because ScalarEvolution doesn't respect the GEP aliasing rules when
-  // simplifying integer expressions.
-
-  case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
-    return createNodeForGEP(cast<GEPOperator>(U));
-
-  case Instruction::PHI:
-    return createNodeForPHI(cast<PHINode>(U));
-
-  case Instruction::Select:
-    // This could be a smax or umax that was lowered earlier.
-    // Try to recover it.
-    if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(U->getOperand(0))) {
-      Value *LHS = ICI->getOperand(0);
-      Value *RHS = ICI->getOperand(1);
-      switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
-      case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
-      case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
-        std::swap(LHS, RHS);
-        // fall through
-      case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
-      case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
-        // a >s b ? a+x : b+x  ->  smax(a, b)+x
-        // a >s b ? b+x : a+x  ->  smin(a, b)+x
-        if (LHS->getType() == U->getType()) {
-          const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS);
-          const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS);
-          const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
-          const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
-          const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
-          const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
-          if (LDiff == RDiff)
-            return getAddExpr(getSMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
-          LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
-          RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
-          if (LDiff == RDiff)
-            return getAddExpr(getSMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
-        }
-        break;
-      case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
-      case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
-        std::swap(LHS, RHS);
-        // fall through
-      case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
-      case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
-        // a >u b ? a+x : b+x  ->  umax(a, b)+x
-        // a >u b ? b+x : a+x  ->  umin(a, b)+x
-        if (LHS->getType() == U->getType()) {
-          const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS);
-          const SCEV *RS = getSCEV(RHS);
-          const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
-          const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
-          const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
-          const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, RS);
-          if (LDiff == RDiff)
-            return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
-          LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, RS);
-          RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
-          if (LDiff == RDiff)
-            return getAddExpr(getUMinExpr(LS, RS), LDiff);
-        }
-        break;
-      case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
-        // n != 0 ? n+x : 1+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
-        if (LHS->getType() == U->getType() &&
-            isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) &&
-            cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
-          const SCEV *One = getConstant(LHS->getType(), 1);
-          const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS);
-          const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
-          const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
-          const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, LS);
-          const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, One);
-          if (LDiff == RDiff)
-            return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, One), LDiff);
-        }
-        break;
-      case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
-        // n == 0 ? 1+x : n+x  ->  umax(n, 1)+x
-        if (LHS->getType() == U->getType() &&
-            isa<ConstantInt>(RHS) &&
-            cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)->isZero()) {
-          const SCEV *One = getConstant(LHS->getType(), 1);
-          const SCEV *LS = getSCEV(LHS);
-          const SCEV *LA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(1));
-          const SCEV *RA = getSCEV(U->getOperand(2));
-          const SCEV *LDiff = getMinusSCEV(LA, One);
-          const SCEV *RDiff = getMinusSCEV(RA, LS);
-          if (LDiff == RDiff)
-            return getAddExpr(getUMaxExpr(LS, One), LDiff);
-        }
-        break;
-      default:
-        break;
-      }
-    }
-
-  default: // We cannot analyze this expression.
-    break;
-  }
-
-  return getUnknown(V);
-}
-
-
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                   Iteration Count Computation Code
-//
-
-/// getBackedgeTakenCount - If the specified loop has a predictable
-/// backedge-taken count, return it, otherwise return a SCEVCouldNotCompute
-/// object. The backedge-taken count is the number of times the loop header
-/// will be branched to from within the loop. This is one less than the
-/// trip count of the loop, since it doesn't count the first iteration,
-/// when the header is branched to from outside the loop.
-///
-/// Note that it is not valid to call this method on a loop without a
-/// loop-invariant backedge-taken count (see
-/// hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount).
-///
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
-  return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).Exact;
-}
-
-/// getMaxBackedgeTakenCount - Similar to getBackedgeTakenCount, except
-/// return the least SCEV value that is known never to be less than the
-/// actual backedge taken count.
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
-  return getBackedgeTakenInfo(L).Max;
-}
-
-/// PushLoopPHIs - Push PHI nodes in the header of the given loop
-/// onto the given Worklist.
-static void
-PushLoopPHIs(const Loop *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction *> &Worklist) {
-  BasicBlock *Header = L->getHeader();
-
-  // Push all Loop-header PHIs onto the Worklist stack.
-  for (BasicBlock::iterator I = Header->begin();
-       PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I); ++I)
-    Worklist.push_back(PN);
-}
-
-const ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo &
-ScalarEvolution::getBackedgeTakenInfo(const Loop *L) {
-  // Initially insert a CouldNotCompute for this loop. If the insertion
-  // succeeds, proceed to actually compute a backedge-taken count and
-  // update the value. The temporary CouldNotCompute value tells SCEV
-  // code elsewhere that it shouldn't attempt to request a new
-  // backedge-taken count, which could result in infinite recursion.
-  std::pair<std::map<const Loop *, BackedgeTakenInfo>::iterator, bool> Pair =
-    BackedgeTakenCounts.insert(std::make_pair(L, getCouldNotCompute()));
-  if (Pair.second) {
-    BackedgeTakenInfo BECount = ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(L);
-    if (BECount.Exact != getCouldNotCompute()) {
-      assert(BECount.Exact->isLoopInvariant(L) &&
-             BECount.Max->isLoopInvariant(L) &&
-             "Computed backedge-taken count isn't loop invariant for loop!");
-      ++NumTripCountsComputed;
-
-      // Update the value in the map.
-      Pair.first->second = BECount;
-    } else {
-      if (BECount.Max != getCouldNotCompute())
-        // Update the value in the map.
-        Pair.first->second = BECount;
-      if (isa<PHINode>(L->getHeader()->begin()))
-        // Only count loops that have phi nodes as not being computable.
-        ++NumTripCountsNotComputed;
-    }
-
-    // Now that we know more about the trip count for this loop, forget any
-    // existing SCEV values for PHI nodes in this loop since they are only
-    // conservative estimates made without the benefit of trip count
-    // information. This is similar to the code in forgetLoop, except that
-    // it handles SCEVUnknown PHI nodes specially.
-    if (BECount.hasAnyInfo()) {
-      SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
-      PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
-
-      SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
-      while (!Worklist.empty()) {
-        Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
-        if (!Visited.insert(I)) continue;
-
-        std::map<SCEVCallbackVH, const SCEV *>::iterator It =
-          Scalars.find(static_cast<Value *>(I));
-        if (It != Scalars.end()) {
-          // SCEVUnknown for a PHI either means that it has an unrecognized
-          // structure, or it's a PHI that's in the progress of being computed
-          // by createNodeForPHI.  In the former case, additional loop trip
-          // count information isn't going to change anything. In the later
-          // case, createNodeForPHI will perform the necessary updates on its
-          // own when it gets to that point.
-          if (!isa<PHINode>(I) || !isa<SCEVUnknown>(It->second)) {
-            ValuesAtScopes.erase(It->second);
-            Scalars.erase(It);
-          }
-          if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
-            ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
-        }
-
-        PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
-      }
-    }
-  }
-  return Pair.first->second;
-}
-
-/// forgetLoop - This method should be called by the client when it has
-/// changed a loop in a way that may effect ScalarEvolution's ability to
-/// compute a trip count, or if the loop is deleted.
-void ScalarEvolution::forgetLoop(const Loop *L) {
-  // Drop any stored trip count value.
-  BackedgeTakenCounts.erase(L);
-
-  // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
-  SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
-  PushLoopPHIs(L, Worklist);
-
-  SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
-  while (!Worklist.empty()) {
-    Instruction *I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
-    if (!Visited.insert(I)) continue;
-
-    std::map<SCEVCallbackVH, const SCEV *>::iterator It =
-      Scalars.find(static_cast<Value *>(I));
-    if (It != Scalars.end()) {
-      ValuesAtScopes.erase(It->second);
-      Scalars.erase(It);
-      if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
-        ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
-    }
-
-    PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
-  }
-}
-
-/// forgetValue - This method should be called by the client when it has
-/// changed a value in a way that may effect its value, or which may
-/// disconnect it from a def-use chain linking it to a loop.
-void ScalarEvolution::forgetValue(Value *V) {
-  Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
-  if (!I) return;
-
-  // Drop information about expressions based on loop-header PHIs.
-  SmallVector<Instruction *, 16> Worklist;
-  Worklist.push_back(I);
-
-  SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 8> Visited;
-  while (!Worklist.empty()) {
-    I = Worklist.pop_back_val();
-    if (!Visited.insert(I)) continue;
-
-    std::map<SCEVCallbackVH, const SCEV *>::iterator It =
-      Scalars.find(static_cast<Value *>(I));
-    if (It != Scalars.end()) {
-      ValuesAtScopes.erase(It->second);
-      Scalars.erase(It);
-      if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
-        ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
-    }
-
-    // If there's a SCEVUnknown tying this value into the SCEV
-    // space, remove it from the folding set map. The SCEVUnknown
-    // object and any other SCEV objects which reference it
-    // (transitively) remain allocated, effectively leaked until
-    // the underlying BumpPtrAllocator is freed.
-    //
-    // This permits SCEV pointers to be used as keys in maps
-    // such as the ValuesAtScopes map.
-    FoldingSetNodeID ID;
-    ID.AddInteger(scUnknown);
-    ID.AddPointer(I);
-    void *IP;
-    if (SCEV *S = UniqueSCEVs.FindNodeOrInsertPos(ID, IP)) {
-      UniqueSCEVs.RemoveNode(S);
-
-      // This isn't necessary, but we might as well remove the
-      // value from the ValuesAtScopes map too.
-      ValuesAtScopes.erase(S);
-    }
-
-    PushDefUseChildren(I, Worklist);
-  }
-}
-
-/// ComputeBackedgeTakenCount - Compute the number of times the backedge
-/// of the specified loop will execute.
-ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
-ScalarEvolution::ComputeBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
-  SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitingBlocks;
-  L->getExitingBlocks(ExitingBlocks);
-
-  // Examine all exits and pick the most conservative values.
-  const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
-  const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
-  bool CouldNotComputeBECount = false;
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = ExitingBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-    BackedgeTakenInfo NewBTI =
-      ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExit(L, ExitingBlocks[i]);
-
-    if (NewBTI.Exact == getCouldNotCompute()) {
-      // We couldn't compute an exact value for this exit, so
-      // we won't be able to compute an exact value for the loop.
-      CouldNotComputeBECount = true;
-      BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
-    } else if (!CouldNotComputeBECount) {
-      if (BECount == getCouldNotCompute())
-        BECount = NewBTI.Exact;
-      else
-        BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(BECount, NewBTI.Exact);
-    }
-    if (MaxBECount == getCouldNotCompute())
-      MaxBECount = NewBTI.Max;
-    else if (NewBTI.Max != getCouldNotCompute())
-      MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(MaxBECount, NewBTI.Max);
-  }
-
-  return BackedgeTakenInfo(BECount, MaxBECount);
-}
-
-/// ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExit - Compute the number of times the backedge
-/// of the specified loop will execute if it exits via the specified block.
-ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
-ScalarEvolution::ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExit(const Loop *L,
-                                                   BasicBlock *ExitingBlock) {
-
-  // Okay, we've chosen an exiting block.  See what condition causes us to
-  // exit at this block.
-  //
-  // FIXME: we should be able to handle switch instructions (with a single exit)
-  BranchInst *ExitBr = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(ExitingBlock->getTerminator());
-  if (ExitBr == 0) return getCouldNotCompute();
-  assert(ExitBr->isConditional() && "If unconditional, it can't be in loop!");
-
-  // At this point, we know we have a conditional branch that determines whether
-  // the loop is exited.  However, we don't know if the branch is executed each
-  // time through the loop.  If not, then the execution count of the branch will
-  // not be equal to the trip count of the loop.
-  //
-  // Currently we check for this by checking to see if the Exit branch goes to
-  // the loop header.  If so, we know it will always execute the same number of
-  // times as the loop.  We also handle the case where the exit block *is* the
-  // loop header.  This is common for un-rotated loops.
-  //
-  // If both of those tests fail, walk up the unique predecessor chain to the
-  // header, stopping if there is an edge that doesn't exit the loop. If the
-  // header is reached, the execution count of the branch will be equal to the
-  // trip count of the loop.
-  //
-  //  More extensive analysis could be done to handle more cases here.
-  //
-  if (ExitBr->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader() &&
-      ExitBr->getSuccessor(1) != L->getHeader() &&
-      ExitBr->getParent() != L->getHeader()) {
-    // The simple checks failed, try climbing the unique predecessor chain
-    // up to the header.
-    bool Ok = false;
-    for (BasicBlock *BB = ExitBr->getParent(); BB; ) {
-      BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getUniquePredecessor();
-      if (!Pred)
-        return getCouldNotCompute();
-      TerminatorInst *PredTerm = Pred->getTerminator();
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = PredTerm->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i) {
-        BasicBlock *PredSucc = PredTerm->getSuccessor(i);
-        if (PredSucc == BB)
-          continue;
-        // If the predecessor has a successor that isn't BB and isn't
-        // outside the loop, assume the worst.
-        if (L->contains(PredSucc))
-          return getCouldNotCompute();
-      }
-      if (Pred == L->getHeader()) {
-        Ok = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      BB = Pred;
-    }
-    if (!Ok)
-      return getCouldNotCompute();
-  }
-
-  // Proceed to the next level to examine the exit condition expression.
-  return ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExitCond(L, ExitBr->getCondition(),
-                                               ExitBr->getSuccessor(0),
-                                               ExitBr->getSuccessor(1));
-}
-
-/// ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExitCond - Compute the number of times the
-/// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition
-/// were a conditional branch of ExitCond, TBB, and FBB.
-ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
-ScalarEvolution::ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExitCond(const Loop *L,
-                                                       Value *ExitCond,
-                                                       BasicBlock *TBB,
-                                                       BasicBlock *FBB) {
-  // Check if the controlling expression for this loop is an And or Or.
-  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(ExitCond)) {
-    if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
-      // Recurse on the operands of the and.
-      BackedgeTakenInfo BTI0 =
-        ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExitCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB);
-      BackedgeTakenInfo BTI1 =
-        ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExitCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB);
-      const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
-      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
-      if (L->contains(TBB)) {
-        // Both conditions must be true for the loop to continue executing.
-        // Choose the less conservative count.
-        if (BTI0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() ||
-            BTI1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute())
-          BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
-        else
-          BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(BTI0.Exact, BTI1.Exact);
-        if (BTI0.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
-          MaxBECount = BTI1.Max;
-        else if (BTI1.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
-          MaxBECount = BTI0.Max;
-        else
-          MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(BTI0.Max, BTI1.Max);
-      } else {
-        // Both conditions must be true for the loop to exit.
-        assert(L->contains(FBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
-        if (BTI0.Exact != getCouldNotCompute() &&
-            BTI1.Exact != getCouldNotCompute())
-          BECount = getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(BTI0.Exact, BTI1.Exact);
-        if (BTI0.Max != getCouldNotCompute() &&
-            BTI1.Max != getCouldNotCompute())
-          MaxBECount = getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(BTI0.Max, BTI1.Max);
-      }
-
-      return BackedgeTakenInfo(BECount, MaxBECount);
-    }
-    if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
-      // Recurse on the operands of the or.
-      BackedgeTakenInfo BTI0 =
-        ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExitCond(L, BO->getOperand(0), TBB, FBB);
-      BackedgeTakenInfo BTI1 =
-        ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExitCond(L, BO->getOperand(1), TBB, FBB);
-      const SCEV *BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
-      const SCEV *MaxBECount = getCouldNotCompute();
-      if (L->contains(FBB)) {
-        // Both conditions must be false for the loop to continue executing.
-        // Choose the less conservative count.
-        if (BTI0.Exact == getCouldNotCompute() ||
-            BTI1.Exact == getCouldNotCompute())
-          BECount = getCouldNotCompute();
-        else
-          BECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(BTI0.Exact, BTI1.Exact);
-        if (BTI0.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
-          MaxBECount = BTI1.Max;
-        else if (BTI1.Max == getCouldNotCompute())
-          MaxBECount = BTI0.Max;
-        else
-          MaxBECount = getUMinFromMismatchedTypes(BTI0.Max, BTI1.Max);
-      } else {
-        // Both conditions must be false for the loop to exit.
-        assert(L->contains(TBB) && "Loop block has no successor in loop!");
-        if (BTI0.Exact != getCouldNotCompute() &&
-            BTI1.Exact != getCouldNotCompute())
-          BECount = getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(BTI0.Exact, BTI1.Exact);
-        if (BTI0.Max != getCouldNotCompute() &&
-            BTI1.Max != getCouldNotCompute())
-          MaxBECount = getUMaxFromMismatchedTypes(BTI0.Max, BTI1.Max);
-      }
-
-      return BackedgeTakenInfo(BECount, MaxBECount);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // With an icmp, it may be feasible to compute an exact backedge-taken count.
-  // Proceed to the next level to examine the icmp.
-  if (ICmpInst *ExitCondICmp = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(ExitCond))
-    return ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExitCondICmp(L, ExitCondICmp, TBB, FBB);
-
-  // Check for a constant condition. These are normally stripped out by
-  // SimplifyCFG, but ScalarEvolution may be used by a pass which wishes to
-  // preserve the CFG and is temporarily leaving constant conditions
-  // in place.
-  if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ExitCond)) {
-    if (L->contains(FBB) == !CI->getZExtValue())
-      // The backedge is always taken.
-      return getCouldNotCompute();
-    else
-      // The backedge is never taken.
-      return getConstant(CI->getType(), 0);
-  }
-
-  // If it's not an integer or pointer comparison then compute it the hard way.
-  return ComputeBackedgeTakenCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
-}
-
-/// ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExitCondICmp - Compute the number of times the
-/// backedge of the specified loop will execute if its exit condition
-/// were a conditional branch of the ICmpInst ExitCond, TBB, and FBB.
-ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
-ScalarEvolution::ComputeBackedgeTakenCountFromExitCondICmp(const Loop *L,
-                                                           ICmpInst *ExitCond,
-                                                           BasicBlock *TBB,
-                                                           BasicBlock *FBB) {
-
-  // If the condition was exit on true, convert the condition to exit on false
-  ICmpInst::Predicate Cond;
-  if (!L->contains(FBB))
-    Cond = ExitCond->getPredicate();
-  else
-    Cond = ExitCond->getInversePredicate();
-
-  // Handle common loops like: for (X = "string"; *X; ++X)
-  if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(ExitCond->getOperand(0)))
-    if (Constant *RHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(ExitCond->getOperand(1))) {
-      BackedgeTakenInfo ItCnt =
-        ComputeLoadConstantCompareBackedgeTakenCount(LI, RHS, L, Cond);
-      if (ItCnt.hasAnyInfo())
-        return ItCnt;
-    }
-
-  const SCEV *LHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(0));
-  const SCEV *RHS = getSCEV(ExitCond->getOperand(1));
-
-  // Try to evaluate any dependencies out of the loop.
-  LHS = getSCEVAtScope(LHS, L);
-  RHS = getSCEVAtScope(RHS, L);
-
-  // At this point, we would like to compute how many iterations of the
-  // loop the predicate will return true for these inputs.
-  if (LHS->isLoopInvariant(L) && !RHS->isLoopInvariant(L)) {
-    // If there is a loop-invariant, force it into the RHS.
-    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
-    Cond = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond);
-  }
-
-  // Simplify the operands before analyzing them.
-  (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS);
-
-  // If we have a comparison of a chrec against a constant, try to use value
-  // ranges to answer this query.
-  if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
-    if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
-      if (AddRec->getLoop() == L) {
-        // Form the constant range.
-        ConstantRange CompRange(
-            ICmpInst::makeConstantRange(Cond, RHSC->getValue()->getValue()));
-
-        const SCEV *Ret = AddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(CompRange, *this);
-        if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(Ret)) return Ret;
-      }
-
-  switch (Cond) {
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {                     // while (X != Y)
-    // Convert to: while (X-Y != 0)
-    BackedgeTakenInfo BTI = HowFarToZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
-    if (BTI.hasAnyInfo()) return BTI;
-    break;
-  }
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: {                     // while (X == Y)
-    // Convert to: while (X-Y == 0)
-    BackedgeTakenInfo BTI = HowFarToNonZero(getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS), L);
-    if (BTI.hasAnyInfo()) return BTI;
-    break;
-  }
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: {
-    BackedgeTakenInfo BTI = HowManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, true);
-    if (BTI.hasAnyInfo()) return BTI;
-    break;
-  }
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: {
-    BackedgeTakenInfo BTI = HowManyLessThans(getNotSCEV(LHS),
-                                             getNotSCEV(RHS), L, true);
-    if (BTI.hasAnyInfo()) return BTI;
-    break;
-  }
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {
-    BackedgeTakenInfo BTI = HowManyLessThans(LHS, RHS, L, false);
-    if (BTI.hasAnyInfo()) return BTI;
-    break;
-  }
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: {
-    BackedgeTakenInfo BTI = HowManyLessThans(getNotSCEV(LHS),
-                                             getNotSCEV(RHS), L, false);
-    if (BTI.hasAnyInfo()) return BTI;
-    break;
-  }
-  default:
-#if 0
-    dbgs() << "ComputeBackedgeTakenCount ";
-    if (ExitCond->getOperand(0)->getType()->isUnsigned())
-      dbgs() << "[unsigned] ";
-    dbgs() << *LHS << "   "
-         << Instruction::getOpcodeName(Instruction::ICmp)
-         << "   " << *RHS << "\n";
-#endif
-    break;
-  }
-  return
-    ComputeBackedgeTakenCountExhaustively(L, ExitCond, !L->contains(TBB));
-}
-
-static ConstantInt *
-EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ConstantInt *C,
-                                ScalarEvolution &SE) {
-  const SCEV *InVal = SE.getConstant(C);
-  const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(InVal, SE);
-  assert(isa<SCEVConstant>(Val) &&
-         "Evaluation of SCEV at constant didn't fold correctly?");
-  return cast<SCEVConstant>(Val)->getValue();
-}
-
-/// GetAddressedElementFromGlobal - Given a global variable with an initializer
-/// and a GEP expression (missing the pointer index) indexing into it, return
-/// the addressed element of the initializer or null if the index expression is
-/// invalid.
-static Constant *
-GetAddressedElementFromGlobal(GlobalVariable *GV,
-                              const std::vector<ConstantInt*> &Indices) {
-  Constant *Init = GV->getInitializer();
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Indices.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-    uint64_t Idx = Indices[i]->getZExtValue();
-    if (ConstantStruct *CS = dyn_cast<ConstantStruct>(Init)) {
-      assert(Idx < CS->getNumOperands() && "Bad struct index!");
-      Init = cast<Constant>(CS->getOperand(Idx));
-    } else if (ConstantArray *CA = dyn_cast<ConstantArray>(Init)) {
-      if (Idx >= CA->getNumOperands()) return 0;  // Bogus program
-      Init = cast<Constant>(CA->getOperand(Idx));
-    } else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(Init)) {
-      if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Init->getType())) {
-        assert(Idx < STy->getNumElements() && "Bad struct index!");
-        Init = Constant::getNullValue(STy->getElementType(Idx));
-      } else if (const ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Init->getType())) {
-        if (Idx >= ATy->getNumElements()) return 0;  // Bogus program
-        Init = Constant::getNullValue(ATy->getElementType());
-      } else {
-        llvm_unreachable("Unknown constant aggregate type!");
-      }
-      return 0;
-    } else {
-      return 0; // Unknown initializer type
-    }
-  }
-  return Init;
-}
-
-/// ComputeLoadConstantCompareBackedgeTakenCount - Given an exit condition of
-/// 'icmp op load X, cst', try to see if we can compute the backedge
-/// execution count.
-ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
-ScalarEvolution::ComputeLoadConstantCompareBackedgeTakenCount(
-                                                LoadInst *LI,
-                                                Constant *RHS,
-                                                const Loop *L,
-                                                ICmpInst::Predicate predicate) {
-  if (LI->isVolatile()) return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  // Check to see if the loaded pointer is a getelementptr of a global.
-  // TODO: Use SCEV instead of manually grubbing with GEPs.
-  GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(LI->getOperand(0));
-  if (!GEP) return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  // Make sure that it is really a constant global we are gepping, with an
-  // initializer, and make sure the first IDX is really 0.
-  GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(GEP->getOperand(0));
-  if (!GV || !GV->isConstant() || !GV->hasDefinitiveInitializer() ||
-      GEP->getNumOperands() < 3 || !isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1)) ||
-      !cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
-    return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  // Okay, we allow one non-constant index into the GEP instruction.
-  Value *VarIdx = 0;
-  std::vector<ConstantInt*> Indexes;
-  unsigned VarIdxNum = 0;
-  for (unsigned i = 2, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-    if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
-      Indexes.push_back(CI);
-    } else if (!isa<ConstantInt>(GEP->getOperand(i))) {
-      if (VarIdx) return getCouldNotCompute();  // Multiple non-constant idx's.
-      VarIdx = GEP->getOperand(i);
-      VarIdxNum = i-2;
-      Indexes.push_back(0);
-    }
-
-  // Okay, we know we have a (load (gep GV, 0, X)) comparison with a constant.
-  // Check to see if X is a loop variant variable value now.
-  const SCEV *Idx = getSCEV(VarIdx);
-  Idx = getSCEVAtScope(Idx, L);
-
-  // We can only recognize very limited forms of loop index expressions, in
-  // particular, only affine AddRec's like {C1,+,C2}.
-  const SCEVAddRecExpr *IdxExpr = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Idx);
-  if (!IdxExpr || !IdxExpr->isAffine() || IdxExpr->isLoopInvariant(L) ||
-      !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(0)) ||
-      !isa<SCEVConstant>(IdxExpr->getOperand(1)))
-    return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  unsigned MaxSteps = MaxBruteForceIterations;
-  for (unsigned IterationNum = 0; IterationNum != MaxSteps; ++IterationNum) {
-    ConstantInt *ItCst = ConstantInt::get(
-                           cast<IntegerType>(IdxExpr->getType()), IterationNum);
-    ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(IdxExpr, ItCst, *this);
-
-    // Form the GEP offset.
-    Indexes[VarIdxNum] = Val;
-
-    Constant *Result = GetAddressedElementFromGlobal(GV, Indexes);
-    if (Result == 0) break;  // Cannot compute!
-
-    // Evaluate the condition for this iteration.
-    Result = ConstantExpr::getICmp(predicate, Result, RHS);
-    if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Result)) break;  // Couldn't decide for sure
-    if (cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getValue().isMinValue()) {
-#if 0
-      dbgs() << "\n***\n*** Computed loop count " << *ItCst
-             << "\n*** From global " << *GV << "*** BB: " << *L->getHeader()
-             << "***\n";
-#endif
-      ++NumArrayLenItCounts;
-      return getConstant(ItCst);   // Found terminating iteration!
-    }
-  }
-  return getCouldNotCompute();
-}
-
-
-/// CanConstantFold - Return true if we can constant fold an instruction of the
-/// specified type, assuming that all operands were constants.
-static bool CanConstantFold(const Instruction *I) {
-  if (isa<BinaryOperator>(I) || isa<CmpInst>(I) ||
-      isa<SelectInst>(I) || isa<CastInst>(I) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(I))
-    return true;
-
-  if (const CallInst *CI = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I))
-    if (const Function *F = CI->getCalledFunction())
-      return canConstantFoldCallTo(F);
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// getConstantEvolvingPHI - Given an LLVM value and a loop, return a PHI node
-/// in the loop that V is derived from.  We allow arbitrary operations along the
-/// way, but the operands of an operation must either be constants or a value
-/// derived from a constant PHI.  If this expression does not fit with these
-/// constraints, return null.
-static PHINode *getConstantEvolvingPHI(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
-  // If this is not an instruction, or if this is an instruction outside of the
-  // loop, it can't be derived from a loop PHI.
-  Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
-  if (I == 0 || !L->contains(I)) return 0;
-
-  if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
-    if (L->getHeader() == I->getParent())
-      return PN;
-    else
-      // We don't currently keep track of the control flow needed to evaluate
-      // PHIs, so we cannot handle PHIs inside of loops.
-      return 0;
-  }
-
-  // If we won't be able to constant fold this expression even if the operands
-  // are constants, return early.
-  if (!CanConstantFold(I)) return 0;
-
-  // Otherwise, we can evaluate this instruction if all of its operands are
-  // constant or derived from a PHI node themselves.
-  PHINode *PHI = 0;
-  for (unsigned Op = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); Op != e; ++Op)
-    if (!isa<Constant>(I->getOperand(Op))) {
-      PHINode *P = getConstantEvolvingPHI(I->getOperand(Op), L);
-      if (P == 0) return 0;  // Not evolving from PHI
-      if (PHI == 0)
-        PHI = P;
-      else if (PHI != P)
-        return 0;  // Evolving from multiple different PHIs.
-    }
-
-  // This is a expression evolving from a constant PHI!
-  return PHI;
-}
-
-/// EvaluateExpression - Given an expression that passes the
-/// getConstantEvolvingPHI predicate, evaluate its value assuming the PHI node
-/// in the loop has the value PHIVal.  If we can't fold this expression for some
-/// reason, return null.
-static Constant *EvaluateExpression(Value *V, Constant *PHIVal,
-                                    const TargetData *TD) {
-  if (isa<PHINode>(V)) return PHIVal;
-  if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V)) return C;
-  Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
-
-  std::vector<Constant*> Operands(I->getNumOperands());
-
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-    Operands[i] = EvaluateExpression(I->getOperand(i), PHIVal, TD);
-    if (Operands[i] == 0) return 0;
-  }
-
-  if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
-    return ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(), Operands[0],
-                                           Operands[1], TD);
-  return ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(),
-                                  &Operands[0], Operands.size(), TD);
-}
-
-/// getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue - If we know that the specified Phi is
-/// in the header of its containing loop, we know the loop executes a
-/// constant number of times, and the PHI node is just a recurrence
-/// involving constants, fold it.
-Constant *
-ScalarEvolution::getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PHINode *PN,
-                                                   const APInt &BEs,
-                                                   const Loop *L) {
-  std::map<PHINode*, Constant*>::iterator I =
-    ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.find(PN);
-  if (I != ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.end())
-    return I->second;
-
-  if (BEs.ugt(MaxBruteForceIterations))
-    return ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN] = 0;  // Not going to evaluate it.
-
-  Constant *&RetVal = ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue[PN];
-
-  // Since the loop is canonicalized, the PHI node must have two entries.  One
-  // entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the
-  // second must be derived from the same PHI.
-  bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1));
-  Constant *StartCST =
-    dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge));
-  if (StartCST == 0)
-    return RetVal = 0;  // Must be a constant.
-
-  Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge);
-  if (getConstantEvolvingPHI(BEValue, L) != PN &&
-      !isa<Constant>(BEValue))
-    return RetVal = 0;  // Not derived from same PHI.
-
-  // Execute the loop symbolically to determine the exit value.
-  if (BEs.getActiveBits() >= 32)
-    return RetVal = 0; // More than 2^32-1 iterations?? Not doing it!
-
-  unsigned NumIterations = BEs.getZExtValue(); // must be in range
-  unsigned IterationNum = 0;
-  for (Constant *PHIVal = StartCST; ; ++IterationNum) {
-    if (IterationNum == NumIterations)
-      return RetVal = PHIVal;  // Got exit value!
-
-    // Compute the value of the PHI node for the next iteration.
-    Constant *NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, PHIVal, TD);
-    if (NextPHI == PHIVal)
-      return RetVal = NextPHI;  // Stopped evolving!
-    if (NextPHI == 0)
-      return 0;        // Couldn't evaluate!
-    PHIVal = NextPHI;
-  }
-}
-
-/// ComputeBackedgeTakenCountExhaustively - If the loop is known to execute a
-/// constant number of times (the condition evolves only from constants),
-/// try to evaluate a few iterations of the loop until we get the exit
-/// condition gets a value of ExitWhen (true or false).  If we cannot
-/// evaluate the trip count of the loop, return getCouldNotCompute().
-const SCEV *
-ScalarEvolution::ComputeBackedgeTakenCountExhaustively(const Loop *L,
-                                                       Value *Cond,
-                                                       bool ExitWhen) {
-  PHINode *PN = getConstantEvolvingPHI(Cond, L);
-  if (PN == 0) return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  // If the loop is canonicalized, the PHI will have exactly two entries.
-  // That's the only form we support here.
-  if (PN->getNumIncomingValues() != 2) return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  // One entry must be a constant (coming in from outside of the loop), and the
-  // second must be derived from the same PHI.
-  bool SecondIsBackedge = L->contains(PN->getIncomingBlock(1));
-  Constant *StartCST =
-    dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(!SecondIsBackedge));
-  if (StartCST == 0) return getCouldNotCompute();  // Must be a constant.
-
-  Value *BEValue = PN->getIncomingValue(SecondIsBackedge);
-  if (getConstantEvolvingPHI(BEValue, L) != PN &&
-      !isa<Constant>(BEValue))
-    return getCouldNotCompute();  // Not derived from same PHI.
-
-  // Okay, we find a PHI node that defines the trip count of this loop.  Execute
-  // the loop symbolically to determine when the condition gets a value of
-  // "ExitWhen".
-  unsigned IterationNum = 0;
-  unsigned MaxIterations = MaxBruteForceIterations;   // Limit analysis.
-  for (Constant *PHIVal = StartCST;
-       IterationNum != MaxIterations; ++IterationNum) {
-    ConstantInt *CondVal =
-      dyn_cast_or_null<ConstantInt>(EvaluateExpression(Cond, PHIVal, TD));
-
-    // Couldn't symbolically evaluate.
-    if (!CondVal) return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-    if (CondVal->getValue() == uint64_t(ExitWhen)) {
-      ++NumBruteForceTripCountsComputed;
-      return getConstant(Type::getInt32Ty(getContext()), IterationNum);
-    }
-
-    // Compute the value of the PHI node for the next iteration.
-    Constant *NextPHI = EvaluateExpression(BEValue, PHIVal, TD);
-    if (NextPHI == 0 || NextPHI == PHIVal)
-      return getCouldNotCompute();// Couldn't evaluate or not making progress...
-    PHIVal = NextPHI;
-  }
-
-  // Too many iterations were needed to evaluate.
-  return getCouldNotCompute();
-}
-
-/// getSCEVAtScope - Return a SCEV expression for the specified value
-/// at the specified scope in the program.  The L value specifies a loop
-/// nest to evaluate the expression at, where null is the top-level or a
-/// specified loop is immediately inside of the loop.
-///
-/// This method can be used to compute the exit value for a variable defined
-/// in a loop by querying what the value will hold in the parent loop.
-///
-/// In the case that a relevant loop exit value cannot be computed, the
-/// original value V is returned.
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
-  // Check to see if we've folded this expression at this loop before.
-  std::map<const Loop *, const SCEV *> &Values = ValuesAtScopes[V];
-  std::pair<std::map<const Loop *, const SCEV *>::iterator, bool> Pair =
-    Values.insert(std::make_pair(L, static_cast<const SCEV *>(0)));
-  if (!Pair.second)
-    return Pair.first->second ? Pair.first->second : V;
-
-  // Otherwise compute it.
-  const SCEV *C = computeSCEVAtScope(V, L);
-  ValuesAtScopes[V][L] = C;
-  return C;
-}
-
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::computeSCEVAtScope(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
-  if (isa<SCEVConstant>(V)) return V;
-
-  // If this instruction is evolved from a constant-evolving PHI, compute the
-  // exit value from the loop without using SCEVs.
-  if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(V)) {
-    if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SU->getValue())) {
-      const Loop *LI = (*this->LI)[I->getParent()];
-      if (LI && LI->getParentLoop() == L)  // Looking for loop exit value.
-        if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I))
-          if (PN->getParent() == LI->getHeader()) {
-            // Okay, there is no closed form solution for the PHI node.  Check
-            // to see if the loop that contains it has a known backedge-taken
-            // count.  If so, we may be able to force computation of the exit
-            // value.
-            const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(LI);
-            if (const SCEVConstant *BTCC =
-                  dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(BackedgeTakenCount)) {
-              // Okay, we know how many times the containing loop executes.  If
-              // this is a constant evolving PHI node, get the final value at
-              // the specified iteration number.
-              Constant *RV = getConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue(PN,
-                                                   BTCC->getValue()->getValue(),
-                                                               LI);
-              if (RV) return getSCEV(RV);
-            }
-          }
-
-      // Okay, this is an expression that we cannot symbolically evaluate
-      // into a SCEV.  Check to see if it's possible to symbolically evaluate
-      // the arguments into constants, and if so, try to constant propagate the
-      // result.  This is particularly useful for computing loop exit values.
-      if (CanConstantFold(I)) {
-        SmallVector<Constant *, 4> Operands;
-        bool MadeImprovement = false;
-        for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-          Value *Op = I->getOperand(i);
-          if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
-            Operands.push_back(C);
-            continue;
-          }
-
-          // If any of the operands is non-constant and if they are
-          // non-integer and non-pointer, don't even try to analyze them
-          // with scev techniques.
-          if (!isSCEVable(Op->getType()))
-            return V;
-
-          const SCEV *OrigV = getSCEV(Op);
-          const SCEV *OpV = getSCEVAtScope(OrigV, L);
-          MadeImprovement |= OrigV != OpV;
-
-          Constant *C = 0;
-          if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(OpV))
-            C = SC->getValue();
-          if (const SCEVUnknown *SU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(OpV))
-            C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SU->getValue());
-          if (!C) return V;
-          if (C->getType() != Op->getType())
-            C = ConstantExpr::getCast(CastInst::getCastOpcode(C, false,
-                                                              Op->getType(),
-                                                              false),
-                                      C, Op->getType());
-          Operands.push_back(C);
-        }
-
-        // Check to see if getSCEVAtScope actually made an improvement.
-        if (MadeImprovement) {
-          Constant *C = 0;
-          if (const CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
-            C = ConstantFoldCompareInstOperands(CI->getPredicate(),
-                                                Operands[0], Operands[1], TD);
-          else
-            C = ConstantFoldInstOperands(I->getOpcode(), I->getType(),
-                                         &Operands[0], Operands.size(), TD);
-          if (!C) return V;
-          return getSCEV(C);
-        }
-      }
-    }
-
-    // This is some other type of SCEVUnknown, just return it.
-    return V;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVCommutativeExpr *Comm = dyn_cast<SCEVCommutativeExpr>(V)) {
-    // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
-    // expression has no loop-variant portions.
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = Comm->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-      const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
-      if (OpAtScope != Comm->getOperand(i)) {
-        // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
-        // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
-        SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(Comm->op_begin(),
-                                            Comm->op_begin()+i);
-        NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
-
-        for (++i; i != e; ++i) {
-          OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(Comm->getOperand(i), L);
-          NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
-        }
-        if (isa<SCEVAddExpr>(Comm))
-          return getAddExpr(NewOps);
-        if (isa<SCEVMulExpr>(Comm))
-          return getMulExpr(NewOps);
-        if (isa<SCEVSMaxExpr>(Comm))
-          return getSMaxExpr(NewOps);
-        if (isa<SCEVUMaxExpr>(Comm))
-          return getUMaxExpr(NewOps);
-        llvm_unreachable("Unknown commutative SCEV type!");
-      }
-    }
-    // If we got here, all operands are loop invariant.
-    return Comm;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVUDivExpr *Div = dyn_cast<SCEVUDivExpr>(V)) {
-    const SCEV *LHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getLHS(), L);
-    const SCEV *RHS = getSCEVAtScope(Div->getRHS(), L);
-    if (LHS == Div->getLHS() && RHS == Div->getRHS())
-      return Div;   // must be loop invariant
-    return getUDivExpr(LHS, RHS);
-  }
-
-  // If this is a loop recurrence for a loop that does not contain L, then we
-  // are dealing with the final value computed by the loop.
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V)) {
-    // First, attempt to evaluate each operand.
-    // Avoid performing the look-up in the common case where the specified
-    // expression has no loop-variant portions.
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = AddRec->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-      const SCEV *OpAtScope = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L);
-      if (OpAtScope == AddRec->getOperand(i))
-        continue;
-
-      // Okay, at least one of these operands is loop variant but might be
-      // foldable.  Build a new instance of the folded commutative expression.
-      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 8> NewOps(AddRec->op_begin(),
-                                          AddRec->op_begin()+i);
-      NewOps.push_back(OpAtScope);
-      for (++i; i != e; ++i)
-        NewOps.push_back(getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(i), L));
-
-      AddRec = cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(getAddRecExpr(NewOps, AddRec->getLoop()));
-      break;
-    }
-
-    // If the scope is outside the addrec's loop, evaluate it by using the
-    // loop exit value of the addrec.
-    if (!AddRec->getLoop()->contains(L)) {
-      // To evaluate this recurrence, we need to know how many times the AddRec
-      // loop iterates.  Compute this now.
-      const SCEV *BackedgeTakenCount = getBackedgeTakenCount(AddRec->getLoop());
-      if (BackedgeTakenCount == getCouldNotCompute()) return AddRec;
-
-      // Then, evaluate the AddRec.
-      return AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(BackedgeTakenCount, *this);
-    }
-
-    return AddRec;
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVZeroExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVZeroExtendExpr>(V)) {
-    const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
-    if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
-      return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
-    return getZeroExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVSignExtendExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVSignExtendExpr>(V)) {
-    const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
-    if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
-      return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
-    return getSignExtendExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
-  }
-
-  if (const SCEVTruncateExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<SCEVTruncateExpr>(V)) {
-    const SCEV *Op = getSCEVAtScope(Cast->getOperand(), L);
-    if (Op == Cast->getOperand())
-      return Cast;  // must be loop invariant
-    return getTruncateExpr(Op, Cast->getType());
-  }
-
-  llvm_unreachable("Unknown SCEV type!");
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/// getSCEVAtScope - This is a convenience function which does
-/// getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L).
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getSCEVAtScope(Value *V, const Loop *L) {
-  return getSCEVAtScope(getSCEV(V), L);
-}
-
-/// SolveLinEquationWithOverflow - Finds the minimum unsigned root of the
-/// following equation:
-///
-///     A * X = B (mod N)
-///
-/// where N = 2^BW and BW is the common bit width of A and B. The signedness of
-/// A and B isn't important.
-///
-/// If the equation does not have a solution, SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
-static const SCEV *SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(const APInt &A, const APInt &B,
-                                               ScalarEvolution &SE) {
-  uint32_t BW = A.getBitWidth();
-  assert(BW == B.getBitWidth() && "Bit widths must be the same.");
-  assert(A != 0 && "A must be non-zero.");
-
-  // 1. D = gcd(A, N)
-  //
-  // The gcd of A and N may have only one prime factor: 2. The number of
-  // trailing zeros in A is its multiplicity
-  uint32_t Mult2 = A.countTrailingZeros();
-  // D = 2^Mult2
-
-  // 2. Check if B is divisible by D.
-  //
-  // B is divisible by D if and only if the multiplicity of prime factor 2 for B
-  // is not less than multiplicity of this prime factor for D.
-  if (B.countTrailingZeros() < Mult2)
-    return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  // 3. Compute I: the multiplicative inverse of (A / D) in arithmetic
-  // modulo (N / D).
-  //
-  // (N / D) may need BW+1 bits in its representation.  Hence, we'll use this
-  // bit width during computations.
-  APInt AD = A.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1);  // AD = A / D
-  APInt Mod(BW + 1, 0);
-  Mod.set(BW - Mult2);  // Mod = N / D
-  APInt I = AD.multiplicativeInverse(Mod);
-
-  // 4. Compute the minimum unsigned root of the equation:
-  // I * (B / D) mod (N / D)
-  APInt Result = (I * B.lshr(Mult2).zext(BW + 1)).urem(Mod);
-
-  // The result is guaranteed to be less than 2^BW so we may truncate it to BW
-  // bits.
-  return SE.getConstant(Result.trunc(BW));
-}
-
-/// SolveQuadraticEquation - Find the roots of the quadratic equation for the
-/// given quadratic chrec {L,+,M,+,N}.  This returns either the two roots (which
-/// might be the same) or two SCEVCouldNotCompute objects.
-///
-static std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *>
-SolveQuadraticEquation(const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec, ScalarEvolution &SE) {
-  assert(AddRec->getNumOperands() == 3 && "This is not a quadratic chrec!");
-  const SCEVConstant *LC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(0));
-  const SCEVConstant *MC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(1));
-  const SCEVConstant *NC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(AddRec->getOperand(2));
-
-  // We currently can only solve this if the coefficients are constants.
-  if (!LC || !MC || !NC) {
-    const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute();
-    return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC);
-  }
-
-  uint32_t BitWidth = LC->getValue()->getValue().getBitWidth();
-  const APInt &L = LC->getValue()->getValue();
-  const APInt &M = MC->getValue()->getValue();
-  const APInt &N = NC->getValue()->getValue();
-  APInt Two(BitWidth, 2);
-  APInt Four(BitWidth, 4);
-
-  {
-    using namespace APIntOps;
-    const APInt& C = L;
-    // Convert from chrec coefficients to polynomial coefficients AX^2+BX+C
-    // The B coefficient is M-N/2
-    APInt B(M);
-    B -= sdiv(N,Two);
-
-    // The A coefficient is N/2
-    APInt A(N.sdiv(Two));
-
-    // Compute the B^2-4ac term.
-    APInt SqrtTerm(B);
-    SqrtTerm *= B;
-    SqrtTerm -= Four * (A * C);
-
-    // Compute sqrt(B^2-4ac). This is guaranteed to be the nearest
-    // integer value or else APInt::sqrt() will assert.
-    APInt SqrtVal(SqrtTerm.sqrt());
-
-    // Compute the two solutions for the quadratic formula.
-    // The divisions must be performed as signed divisions.
-    APInt NegB(-B);
-    APInt TwoA( A << 1 );
-    if (TwoA.isMinValue()) {
-      const SCEV *CNC = SE.getCouldNotCompute();
-      return std::make_pair(CNC, CNC);
-    }
-
-    LLVMContext &Context = SE.getContext();
-
-    ConstantInt *Solution1 =
-      ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB + SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
-    ConstantInt *Solution2 =
-      ConstantInt::get(Context, (NegB - SqrtVal).sdiv(TwoA));
-
-    return std::make_pair(SE.getConstant(Solution1),
-                          SE.getConstant(Solution2));
-    } // end APIntOps namespace
-}
-
-/// HowFarToZero - Return the number of times a backedge comparing the specified
-/// value to zero will execute.  If not computable, return CouldNotCompute.
-ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
-ScalarEvolution::HowFarToZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
-  // If the value is a constant
-  if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
-    // If the value is already zero, the branch will execute zero times.
-    if (C->getValue()->isZero()) return C;
-    return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
-  }
-
-  const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(V);
-  if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
-    return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
-    // If this is an affine expression, the execution count of this branch is
-    // the minimum unsigned root of the following equation:
-    //
-    //     Start + Step*N = 0 (mod 2^BW)
-    //
-    // equivalent to:
-    //
-    //             Step*N = -Start (mod 2^BW)
-    //
-    // where BW is the common bit width of Start and Step.
-
-    // Get the initial value for the loop.
-    const SCEV *Start = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getStart(),
-                                       L->getParentLoop());
-    const SCEV *Step = getSCEVAtScope(AddRec->getOperand(1),
-                                      L->getParentLoop());
-
-    if (const SCEVConstant *StepC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Step)) {
-      // For now we handle only constant steps.
-
-      // First, handle unitary steps.
-      if (StepC->getValue()->equalsInt(1))      // 1*N = -Start (mod 2^BW), so:
-        return getNegativeSCEV(Start);          //   N = -Start (as unsigned)
-      if (StepC->getValue()->isAllOnesValue())  // -1*N = -Start (mod 2^BW), so:
-        return Start;                           //    N = Start (as unsigned)
-
-      // Then, try to solve the above equation provided that Start is constant.
-      if (const SCEVConstant *StartC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Start))
-        return SolveLinEquationWithOverflow(StepC->getValue()->getValue(),
-                                            -StartC->getValue()->getValue(),
-                                            *this);
-    }
-  } else if (AddRec->isQuadratic() && AddRec->getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
-    // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of
-    // the quadratic equation to solve it.
-    std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots = SolveQuadraticEquation(AddRec,
-                                                                    *this);
-    const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first);
-    const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second);
-    if (R1) {
-#if 0
-      dbgs() << "HFTZ: " << *V << " - sol#1: " << *R1
-             << "  sol#2: " << *R2 << "\n";
-#endif
-      // Pick the smallest positive root value.
-      if (ConstantInt *CB =
-          dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
-                                   R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
-        if (CB->getZExtValue() == false)
-          std::swap(R1, R2);   // R1 is the minimum root now.
-
-        // We can only use this value if the chrec ends up with an exact zero
-        // value at this index.  When solving for "X*X != 5", for example, we
-        // should not accept a root of 2.
-        const SCEV *Val = AddRec->evaluateAtIteration(R1, *this);
-        if (Val->isZero())
-          return R1;  // We found a quadratic root!
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return getCouldNotCompute();
-}
-
-/// HowFarToNonZero - Return the number of times a backedge checking the
-/// specified value for nonzero will execute.  If not computable, return
-/// CouldNotCompute
-ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
-ScalarEvolution::HowFarToNonZero(const SCEV *V, const Loop *L) {
-  // Loops that look like: while (X == 0) are very strange indeed.  We don't
-  // handle them yet except for the trivial case.  This could be expanded in the
-  // future as needed.
-
-  // If the value is a constant, check to see if it is known to be non-zero
-  // already.  If so, the backedge will execute zero times.
-  if (const SCEVConstant *C = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(V)) {
-    if (!C->getValue()->isNullValue())
-      return getConstant(C->getType(), 0);
-    return getCouldNotCompute();  // Otherwise it will loop infinitely.
-  }
-
-  // We could implement others, but I really doubt anyone writes loops like
-  // this, and if they did, they would already be constant folded.
-  return getCouldNotCompute();
-}
-
-/// getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB - Return a predecessor of BB
-/// (which may not be an immediate predecessor) which has exactly one
-/// successor from which BB is reachable, or null if no such block is
-/// found.
-///
-std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
-ScalarEvolution::getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(BasicBlock *BB) {
-  // If the block has a unique predecessor, then there is no path from the
-  // predecessor to the block that does not go through the direct edge
-  // from the predecessor to the block.
-  if (BasicBlock *Pred = BB->getSinglePredecessor())
-    return std::make_pair(Pred, BB);
-
-  // A loop's header is defined to be a block that dominates the loop.
-  // If the header has a unique predecessor outside the loop, it must be
-  // a block that has exactly one successor that can reach the loop.
-  if (Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor(BB))
-    return std::make_pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
-
-  return std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>();
-}
-
-/// HasSameValue - SCEV structural equivalence is usually sufficient for
-/// testing whether two expressions are equal, however for the purposes of
-/// looking for a condition guarding a loop, it can be useful to be a little
-/// more general, since a front-end may have replicated the controlling
-/// expression.
-///
-static bool HasSameValue(const SCEV *A, const SCEV *B) {
-  // Quick check to see if they are the same SCEV.
-  if (A == B) return true;
-
-  // Otherwise, if they're both SCEVUnknown, it's possible that they hold
-  // two different instructions with the same value. Check for this case.
-  if (const SCEVUnknown *AU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(A))
-    if (const SCEVUnknown *BU = dyn_cast<SCEVUnknown>(B))
-      if (const Instruction *AI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AU->getValue()))
-        if (const Instruction *BI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(BU->getValue()))
-          if (AI->isIdenticalTo(BI) && !AI->mayReadFromMemory())
-            return true;
-
-  // Otherwise assume they may have a different value.
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// SimplifyICmpOperands - Simplify LHS and RHS in a comparison with
-/// predicate Pred. Return true iff any changes were made.
-///
-bool ScalarEvolution::SimplifyICmpOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate &Pred,
-                                           const SCEV *&LHS, const SCEV *&RHS) {
-  bool Changed = false;
-
-  // Canonicalize a constant to the right side.
-  if (const SCEVConstant *LHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(LHS)) {
-    // Check for both operands constant.
-    if (const SCEVConstant *RHSC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
-      if (ConstantExpr::getICmp(Pred,
-                                LHSC->getValue(),
-                                RHSC->getValue())->isNullValue())
-        goto trivially_false;
-      else
-        goto trivially_true;
-    }
-    // Otherwise swap the operands to put the constant on the right.
-    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
-    Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
-    Changed = true;
-  }
-
-  // If we're comparing an addrec with a value which is loop-invariant in the
-  // addrec's loop, put the addrec on the left. Also make a dominance check,
-  // as both operands could be addrecs loop-invariant in each other's loop.
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS)) {
-    const Loop *L = AR->getLoop();
-    if (LHS->isLoopInvariant(L) && LHS->properlyDominates(L->getHeader(), DT)) {
-      std::swap(LHS, RHS);
-      Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
-      Changed = true;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // If there's a constant operand, canonicalize comparisons with boundary
-  // cases, and canonicalize *-or-equal comparisons to regular comparisons.
-  if (const SCEVConstant *RC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
-    const APInt &RA = RC->getValue()->getValue();
-    switch (Pred) {
-    default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
-      break;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
-      if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
-        RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMaxValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_true;
-
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
-      RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
-      Changed = true;
-      break;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
-      if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
-        RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMinValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_true;
-
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
-      RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
-      Changed = true;
-      break;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
-      if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
-        RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_true;
-
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
-      RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
-      Changed = true;
-      break;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
-      if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
-        RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_true;
-
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
-      RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
-      Changed = true;
-      break;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
-      if (RA.isMinValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if ((RA + 1).isMaxValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
-        RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMaxValue()) goto trivially_false;
-      break;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
-      if (RA.isMaxValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if ((RA - 1).isMinValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
-        RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMinValue()) goto trivially_false;
-      break;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
-      if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if ((RA + 1).isMaxSignedValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
-        RHS = getConstant(RA + 1);
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) goto trivially_false;
-      break;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
-      if (RA.isMaxSignedValue()) {
-        Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
-        Changed = true;
-        break;
-      }
-      if ((RA - 1).isMinSignedValue()) {
-       Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
-       RHS = getConstant(RA - 1);
-        Changed = true;
-       break;
-      }
-      if (RA.isMinSignedValue()) goto trivially_false;
-      break;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Check for obvious equality.
-  if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS)) {
-    if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
-      goto trivially_true;
-    if (ICmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred))
-      goto trivially_false;
-  }
-
-  // If possible, canonicalize GE/LE comparisons to GT/LT comparisons, by
-  // adding or subtracting 1 from one of the operands.
-  switch (Pred) {
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
-    if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) {
-      RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
-                       /*HasNUW=*/false, /*HasNSW=*/true);
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
-      Changed = true;
-    } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) {
-      LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
-                       /*HasNUW=*/false, /*HasNSW=*/true);
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
-      Changed = true;
-    }
-    break;
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
-    if (!getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMin().isMinSignedValue()) {
-      RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
-                       /*HasNUW=*/false, /*HasNSW=*/true);
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
-      Changed = true;
-    } else if (!getSignedRange(LHS).getSignedMax().isMaxSignedValue()) {
-      LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
-                       /*HasNUW=*/false, /*HasNSW=*/true);
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT;
-      Changed = true;
-    }
-    break;
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
-    if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) {
-      RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), RHS,
-                       /*HasNUW=*/true, /*HasNSW=*/false);
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
-      Changed = true;
-    } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) {
-      LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), LHS,
-                       /*HasNUW=*/true, /*HasNSW=*/false);
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
-      Changed = true;
-    }
-    break;
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
-    if (!getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMin().isMinValue()) {
-      RHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), (uint64_t)-1, true), RHS,
-                       /*HasNUW=*/true, /*HasNSW=*/false);
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
-      Changed = true;
-    } else if (!getUnsignedRange(LHS).getUnsignedMax().isMaxValue()) {
-      LHS = getAddExpr(getConstant(RHS->getType(), 1, true), LHS,
-                       /*HasNUW=*/true, /*HasNSW=*/false);
-      Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
-      Changed = true;
-    }
-    break;
-  default:
-    break;
-  }
-
-  // TODO: More simplifications are possible here.
-
-  return Changed;
-
-trivially_true:
-  // Return 0 == 0.
-  LHS = RHS = getConstant(Type::getInt1Ty(getContext()), 0);
-  Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ;
-  return true;
-
-trivially_false:
-  // Return 0 != 0.
-  LHS = RHS = getConstant(Type::getInt1Ty(getContext()), 0);
-  Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
-  return true;
-}
-
-bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNegative(const SCEV *S) {
-  return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isNegative();
-}
-
-bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPositive(const SCEV *S) {
-  return getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isStrictlyPositive();
-}
-
-bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonNegative(const SCEV *S) {
-  return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMin().isNegative();
-}
-
-bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonPositive(const SCEV *S) {
-  return !getSignedRange(S).getSignedMax().isStrictlyPositive();
-}
-
-bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownNonZero(const SCEV *S) {
-  return isKnownNegative(S) || isKnownPositive(S);
-}
-
-bool ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicate(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
-                                       const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
-  // Canonicalize the inputs first.
-  (void)SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS);
-
-  // If LHS or RHS is an addrec, check to see if the condition is true in
-  // every iteration of the loop.
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS))
-    if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(
-          AR->getLoop(), Pred, AR->getStart(), RHS) &&
-        isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(
-          AR->getLoop(), Pred, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this), RHS))
-      return true;
-  if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *AR = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(RHS))
-    if (isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(
-          AR->getLoop(), Pred, LHS, AR->getStart()) &&
-        isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(
-          AR->getLoop(), Pred, LHS, AR->getPostIncExpr(*this)))
-      return true;
-
-  // Otherwise see what can be done with known constant ranges.
-  return isKnownPredicateWithRanges(Pred, LHS, RHS);
-}
-
-bool
-ScalarEvolution::isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
-                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
-  if (HasSameValue(LHS, RHS))
-    return ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
-
-  // This code is split out from isKnownPredicate because it is called from
-  // within isLoopEntryGuardedByCond.
-  switch (Pred) {
-  default:
-    llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
-    break;
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
-    Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
-    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: {
-    ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS);
-    ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS);
-    if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().slt(RHSRange.getSignedMin()))
-      return true;
-    if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sge(RHSRange.getSignedMax()))
-      return false;
-    break;
-  }
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
-    Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
-    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: {
-    ConstantRange LHSRange = getSignedRange(LHS);
-    ConstantRange RHSRange = getSignedRange(RHS);
-    if (LHSRange.getSignedMax().sle(RHSRange.getSignedMin()))
-      return true;
-    if (LHSRange.getSignedMin().sgt(RHSRange.getSignedMax()))
-      return false;
-    break;
-  }
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
-    Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
-    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: {
-    ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS);
-    ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS);
-    if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ult(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin()))
-      return true;
-    if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().uge(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax()))
-      return false;
-    break;
-  }
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
-    Pred = ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE;
-    std::swap(LHS, RHS);
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: {
-    ConstantRange LHSRange = getUnsignedRange(LHS);
-    ConstantRange RHSRange = getUnsignedRange(RHS);
-    if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMax().ule(RHSRange.getUnsignedMin()))
-      return true;
-    if (LHSRange.getUnsignedMin().ugt(RHSRange.getUnsignedMax()))
-      return false;
-    break;
-  }
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: {
-    if (getUnsignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getUnsignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet())
-      return true;
-    if (getSignedRange(LHS).intersectWith(getSignedRange(RHS)).isEmptySet())
-      return true;
-
-    const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(LHS, RHS);
-    if (isKnownNonZero(Diff))
-      return true;
-    break;
-  }
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
-    // The check at the top of the function catches the case where
-    // the values are known to be equal.
-    break;
-  }
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond - Test whether the backedge of the loop is
-/// protected by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to
-/// to eliminate casts.
-bool
-ScalarEvolution::isLoopBackedgeGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
-                                             ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
-                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
-  // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
-  // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
-  if (!L) return true;
-
-  BasicBlock *Latch = L->getLoopLatch();
-  if (!Latch)
-    return false;
-
-  BranchInst *LoopContinuePredicate =
-    dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Latch->getTerminator());
-  if (!LoopContinuePredicate ||
-      LoopContinuePredicate->isUnconditional())
-    return false;
-
-  return isImpliedCond(LoopContinuePredicate->getCondition(), Pred, LHS, RHS,
-                       LoopContinuePredicate->getSuccessor(0) != L->getHeader());
-}
-
-/// isLoopEntryGuardedByCond - Test whether entry to the loop is protected
-/// by a conditional between LHS and RHS.  This is used to help avoid max
-/// expressions in loop trip counts, and to eliminate casts.
-bool
-ScalarEvolution::isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(const Loop *L,
-                                          ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
-                                          const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS) {
-  // Interpret a null as meaning no loop, where there is obviously no guard
-  // (interprocedural conditions notwithstanding).
-  if (!L) return false;
-
-  // Starting at the loop predecessor, climb up the predecessor chain, as long
-  // as there are predecessors that can be found that have unique successors
-  // leading to the original header.
-  for (std::pair<BasicBlock *, BasicBlock *>
-         Pair(L->getLoopPredecessor(), L->getHeader());
-       Pair.first;
-       Pair = getPredecessorWithUniqueSuccessorForBB(Pair.first)) {
-
-    BranchInst *LoopEntryPredicate =
-      dyn_cast<BranchInst>(Pair.first->getTerminator());
-    if (!LoopEntryPredicate ||
-        LoopEntryPredicate->isUnconditional())
-      continue;
-
-    if (isImpliedCond(LoopEntryPredicate->getCondition(), Pred, LHS, RHS,
-                      LoopEntryPredicate->getSuccessor(0) != Pair.second))
-      return true;
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// isImpliedCond - Test whether the condition described by Pred, LHS,
-/// and RHS is true whenever the given Cond value evaluates to true.
-bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCond(Value *CondValue,
-                                    ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
-                                    const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
-                                    bool Inverse) {
-  // Recursively handle And and Or conditions.
-  if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(CondValue)) {
-    if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
-      if (!Inverse)
-        return isImpliedCond(BO->getOperand(0), Pred, LHS, RHS, Inverse) ||
-               isImpliedCond(BO->getOperand(1), Pred, LHS, RHS, Inverse);
-    } else if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
-      if (Inverse)
-        return isImpliedCond(BO->getOperand(0), Pred, LHS, RHS, Inverse) ||
-               isImpliedCond(BO->getOperand(1), Pred, LHS, RHS, Inverse);
-    }
-  }
-
-  ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(CondValue);
-  if (!ICI) return false;
-
-  // Bail if the ICmp's operands' types are wider than the needed type
-  // before attempting to call getSCEV on them. This avoids infinite
-  // recursion, since the analysis of widening casts can require loop
-  // exit condition information for overflow checking, which would
-  // lead back here.
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) <
-      getTypeSizeInBits(ICI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
-    return false;
-
-  // Now that we found a conditional branch that dominates the loop, check to
-  // see if it is the comparison we are looking for.
-  ICmpInst::Predicate FoundPred;
-  if (Inverse)
-    FoundPred = ICI->getInversePredicate();
-  else
-    FoundPred = ICI->getPredicate();
-
-  const SCEV *FoundLHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(0));
-  const SCEV *FoundRHS = getSCEV(ICI->getOperand(1));
-
-  // Balance the types. The case where FoundLHS' type is wider than
-  // LHS' type is checked for above.
-  if (getTypeSizeInBits(LHS->getType()) >
-      getTypeSizeInBits(FoundLHS->getType())) {
-    if (CmpInst::isSigned(Pred)) {
-      FoundLHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
-      FoundRHS = getSignExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
-    } else {
-      FoundLHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundLHS, LHS->getType());
-      FoundRHS = getZeroExtendExpr(FoundRHS, LHS->getType());
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Canonicalize the query to match the way instcombine will have
-  // canonicalized the comparison.
-  if (SimplifyICmpOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS))
-    if (LHS == RHS)
-      return CmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred);
-  if (SimplifyICmpOperands(FoundPred, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
-    if (FoundLHS == FoundRHS)
-      return CmpInst::isFalseWhenEqual(Pred);
-
-  // Check to see if we can make the LHS or RHS match.
-  if (LHS == FoundRHS || RHS == FoundLHS) {
-    if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS)) {
-      std::swap(FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
-      FoundPred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred);
-    } else {
-      std::swap(LHS, RHS);
-      Pred = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred);
-    }
-  }
-
-  // Check whether the found predicate is the same as the desired predicate.
-  if (FoundPred == Pred)
-    return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
-
-  // Check whether swapping the found predicate makes it the same as the
-  // desired predicate.
-  if (ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(FoundPred) == Pred) {
-    if (isa<SCEVConstant>(RHS))
-      return isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundRHS, FoundLHS);
-    else
-      return isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Pred),
-                                   RHS, LHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS);
-  }
-
-  // Check whether the actual condition is beyond sufficient.
-  if (FoundPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
-    if (ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(Pred))
-      if (isImpliedCondOperands(Pred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
-        return true;
-  if (Pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
-    if (!ICmpInst::isTrueWhenEqual(FoundPred))
-      if (isImpliedCondOperands(FoundPred, LHS, RHS, FoundLHS, FoundRHS))
-        return true;
-
-  // Otherwise assume the worst.
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// isImpliedCondOperands - Test whether the condition described by Pred,
-/// LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred, FoundLHS,
-/// and FoundRHS is true.
-bool ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperands(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
-                                            const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
-                                            const SCEV *FoundLHS,
-                                            const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
-  return isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
-                                     FoundLHS, FoundRHS) ||
-         // ~x < ~y --> x > y
-         isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(Pred, LHS, RHS,
-                                     getNotSCEV(FoundRHS),
-                                     getNotSCEV(FoundLHS));
-}
-
-/// isImpliedCondOperandsHelper - Test whether the condition described by
-/// Pred, LHS, and RHS is true whenever the condition described by Pred,
-/// FoundLHS, and FoundRHS is true.
-bool
-ScalarEvolution::isImpliedCondOperandsHelper(ICmpInst::Predicate Pred,
-                                             const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
-                                             const SCEV *FoundLHS,
-                                             const SCEV *FoundRHS) {
-  switch (Pred) {
-  default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected ICmpInst::Predicate value!");
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
-    if (HasSameValue(LHS, FoundLHS) && HasSameValue(RHS, FoundRHS))
-      return true;
-    break;
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
-    if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
-        isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
-      return true;
-    break;
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
-    if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
-        isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, RHS, FoundRHS))
-      return true;
-    break;
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
-    if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
-        isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, RHS, FoundRHS))
-      return true;
-    break;
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
-  case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
-    if (isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, FoundLHS) &&
-        isKnownPredicateWithRanges(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, RHS, FoundRHS))
-      return true;
-    break;
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// getBECount - Subtract the end and start values and divide by the step,
-/// rounding up, to get the number of times the backedge is executed. Return
-/// CouldNotCompute if an intermediate computation overflows.
-const SCEV *ScalarEvolution::getBECount(const SCEV *Start,
-                                        const SCEV *End,
-                                        const SCEV *Step,
-                                        bool NoWrap) {
-  assert(!isKnownNegative(Step) &&
-         "This code doesn't handle negative strides yet!");
-
-  const Type *Ty = Start->getType();
-  const SCEV *NegOne = getConstant(Ty, (uint64_t)-1);
-  const SCEV *Diff = getMinusSCEV(End, Start);
-  const SCEV *RoundUp = getAddExpr(Step, NegOne);
-
-  // Add an adjustment to the difference between End and Start so that
-  // the division will effectively round up.
-  const SCEV *Add = getAddExpr(Diff, RoundUp);
-
-  if (!NoWrap) {
-    // Check Add for unsigned overflow.
-    // TODO: More sophisticated things could be done here.
-    const Type *WideTy = IntegerType::get(getContext(),
-                                          getTypeSizeInBits(Ty) + 1);
-    const SCEV *EDiff = getZeroExtendExpr(Diff, WideTy);
-    const SCEV *ERoundUp = getZeroExtendExpr(RoundUp, WideTy);
-    const SCEV *OperandExtendedAdd = getAddExpr(EDiff, ERoundUp);
-    if (getZeroExtendExpr(Add, WideTy) != OperandExtendedAdd)
-      return getCouldNotCompute();
-  }
-
-  return getUDivExpr(Add, Step);
-}
-
-/// HowManyLessThans - Return the number of times a backedge containing the
-/// specified less-than comparison will execute.  If not computable, return
-/// CouldNotCompute.
-ScalarEvolution::BackedgeTakenInfo
-ScalarEvolution::HowManyLessThans(const SCEV *LHS, const SCEV *RHS,
-                                  const Loop *L, bool isSigned) {
-  // Only handle:  "ADDREC < LoopInvariant".
-  if (!RHS->isLoopInvariant(L)) return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  const SCEVAddRecExpr *AddRec = dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(LHS);
-  if (!AddRec || AddRec->getLoop() != L)
-    return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  // Check to see if we have a flag which makes analysis easy.
-  bool NoWrap = isSigned ? AddRec->hasNoSignedWrap() :
-                           AddRec->hasNoUnsignedWrap();
-
-  if (AddRec->isAffine()) {
-    unsigned BitWidth = getTypeSizeInBits(AddRec->getType());
-    const SCEV *Step = AddRec->getStepRecurrence(*this);
-
-    if (Step->isZero())
-      return getCouldNotCompute();
-    if (Step->isOne()) {
-      // With unit stride, the iteration never steps past the limit value.
-    } else if (isKnownPositive(Step)) {
-      // Test whether a positive iteration can step past the limit
-      // value and past the maximum value for its type in a single step.
-      // Note that it's not sufficient to check NoWrap here, because even
-      // though the value after a wrap is undefined, it's not undefined
-      // behavior, so if wrap does occur, the loop could either terminate or
-      // loop infinitely, but in either case, the loop is guaranteed to
-      // iterate at least until the iteration where the wrapping occurs.
-      const SCEV *One = getConstant(Step->getType(), 1);
-      if (isSigned) {
-        APInt Max = APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth);
-        if ((Max - getSignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Step, One)).getSignedMax())
-              .slt(getSignedRange(RHS).getSignedMax()))
-          return getCouldNotCompute();
-      } else {
-        APInt Max = APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth);
-        if ((Max - getUnsignedRange(getMinusSCEV(Step, One)).getUnsignedMax())
-              .ult(getUnsignedRange(RHS).getUnsignedMax()))
-          return getCouldNotCompute();
-      }
-    } else
-      // TODO: Handle negative strides here and below.
-      return getCouldNotCompute();
-
-    // We know the LHS is of the form {n,+,s} and the RHS is some loop-invariant
-    // m.  So, we count the number of iterations in which {n,+,s} < m is true.
-    // Note that we cannot simply return max(m-n,0)/s because it's not safe to
-    // treat m-n as signed nor unsigned due to overflow possibility.
-
-    // First, we get the value of the LHS in the first iteration: n
-    const SCEV *Start = AddRec->getOperand(0);
-
-    // Determine the minimum constant start value.
-    const SCEV *MinStart = getConstant(isSigned ?
-      getSignedRange(Start).getSignedMin() :
-      getUnsignedRange(Start).getUnsignedMin());
-
-    // If we know that the condition is true in order to enter the loop,
-    // then we know that it will run exactly (m-n)/s times. Otherwise, we
-    // only know that it will execute (max(m,n)-n)/s times. In both cases,
-    // the division must round up.
-    const SCEV *End = RHS;
-    if (!isLoopEntryGuardedByCond(L,
-                                  isSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT :
-                                             ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
-                                  getMinusSCEV(Start, Step), RHS))
-      End = isSigned ? getSMaxExpr(RHS, Start)
-                     : getUMaxExpr(RHS, Start);
-
-    // Determine the maximum constant end value.
-    const SCEV *MaxEnd = getConstant(isSigned ?
-      getSignedRange(End).getSignedMax() :
-      getUnsignedRange(End).getUnsignedMax());
-
-    // If MaxEnd is within a step of the maximum integer value in its type,
-    // adjust it down to the minimum value which would produce the same effect.
-    // This allows the subsequent ceiling division of (N+(step-1))/step to
-    // compute the correct value.
-    const SCEV *StepMinusOne = getMinusSCEV(Step,
-                                            getConstant(Step->getType(), 1));
-    MaxEnd = isSigned ?
-      getSMinExpr(MaxEnd,
-                  getMinusSCEV(getConstant(APInt::getSignedMaxValue(BitWidth)),
-                               StepMinusOne)) :
-      getUMinExpr(MaxEnd,
-                  getMinusSCEV(getConstant(APInt::getMaxValue(BitWidth)),
-                               StepMinusOne));
-
-    // Finally, we subtract these two values and divide, rounding up, to get
-    // the number of times the backedge is executed.
-    const SCEV *BECount = getBECount(Start, End, Step, NoWrap);
-
-    // The maximum backedge count is similar, except using the minimum start
-    // value and the maximum end value.
-    const SCEV *MaxBECount = getBECount(MinStart, MaxEnd, Step, NoWrap);
-
-    return BackedgeTakenInfo(BECount, MaxBECount);
-  }
-
-  return getCouldNotCompute();
-}
-
-/// getNumIterationsInRange - Return the number of iterations of this loop that
-/// produce values in the specified constant range.  Another way of looking at
-/// this is that it returns the first iteration number where the value is not in
-/// the condition, thus computing the exit count. If the iteration count can't
-/// be computed, an instance of SCEVCouldNotCompute is returned.
-const SCEV *SCEVAddRecExpr::getNumIterationsInRange(ConstantRange Range,
-                                                    ScalarEvolution &SE) const {
-  if (Range.isFullSet())  // Infinite loop.
-    return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
-
-  // If the start is a non-zero constant, shift the range to simplify things.
-  if (const SCEVConstant *SC = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(getStart()))
-    if (!SC->getValue()->isZero()) {
-      SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> Operands(op_begin(), op_end());
-      Operands[0] = SE.getConstant(SC->getType(), 0);
-      const SCEV *Shifted = SE.getAddRecExpr(Operands, getLoop());
-      if (const SCEVAddRecExpr *ShiftedAddRec =
-            dyn_cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(Shifted))
-        return ShiftedAddRec->getNumIterationsInRange(
-                           Range.subtract(SC->getValue()->getValue()), SE);
-      // This is strange and shouldn't happen.
-      return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
-    }
-
-  // The only time we can solve this is when we have all constant indices.
-  // Otherwise, we cannot determine the overflow conditions.
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
-    if (!isa<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(i)))
-      return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
-
-
-  // Okay at this point we know that all elements of the chrec are constants and
-  // that the start element is zero.
-
-  // First check to see if the range contains zero.  If not, the first
-  // iteration exits.
-  unsigned BitWidth = SE.getTypeSizeInBits(getType());
-  if (!Range.contains(APInt(BitWidth, 0)))
-    return SE.getConstant(getType(), 0);
-
-  if (isAffine()) {
-    // If this is an affine expression then we have this situation:
-    //   Solve {0,+,A} in Range  ===  Ax in Range
-
-    // We know that zero is in the range.  If A is positive then we know that
-    // the upper value of the range must be the first possible exit value.
-    // If A is negative then the lower of the range is the last possible loop
-    // value.  Also note that we already checked for a full range.
-    APInt One(BitWidth,1);
-    APInt A     = cast<SCEVConstant>(getOperand(1))->getValue()->getValue();
-    APInt End = A.sge(One) ? (Range.getUpper() - One) : Range.getLower();
-
-    // The exit value should be (End+A)/A.
-    APInt ExitVal = (End + A).udiv(A);
-    ConstantInt *ExitValue = ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal);
-
-    // Evaluate at the exit value.  If we really did fall out of the valid
-    // range, then we computed our trip count, otherwise wrap around or other
-    // things must have happened.
-    ConstantInt *Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, ExitValue, SE);
-    if (Range.contains(Val->getValue()))
-      return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
-
-    // Ensure that the previous value is in the range.  This is a sanity check.
-    assert(Range.contains(
-           EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
-           ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), ExitVal - One), SE)->getValue()) &&
-           "Linear scev computation is off in a bad way!");
-    return SE.getConstant(ExitValue);
-  } else if (isQuadratic()) {
-    // If this is a quadratic (3-term) AddRec {L,+,M,+,N}, find the roots of the
-    // quadratic equation to solve it.  To do this, we must frame our problem in
-    // terms of figuring out when zero is crossed, instead of when
-    // Range.getUpper() is crossed.
-    SmallVector<const SCEV *, 4> NewOps(op_begin(), op_end());
-    NewOps[0] = SE.getNegativeSCEV(SE.getConstant(Range.getUpper()));
-    const SCEV *NewAddRec = SE.getAddRecExpr(NewOps, getLoop());
-
-    // Next, solve the constructed addrec
-    std::pair<const SCEV *,const SCEV *> Roots =
-      SolveQuadraticEquation(cast<SCEVAddRecExpr>(NewAddRec), SE);
-    const SCEVConstant *R1 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.first);
-    const SCEVConstant *R2 = dyn_cast<SCEVConstant>(Roots.second);
-    if (R1) {
-      // Pick the smallest positive root value.
-      if (ConstantInt *CB =
-          dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT,
-                         R1->getValue(), R2->getValue()))) {
-        if (CB->getZExtValue() == false)
-          std::swap(R1, R2);   // R1 is the minimum root now.
-
-        // Make sure the root is not off by one.  The returned iteration should
-        // not be in the range, but the previous one should be.  When solving
-        // for "X*X < 5", for example, we should not return a root of 2.
-        ConstantInt *R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this,
-                                                             R1->getValue(),
-                                                             SE);
-        if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue())) {
-          // The next iteration must be out of the range...
-          ConstantInt *NextVal =
-                ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()+1);
-
-          R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
-          if (!Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
-            return SE.getConstant(NextVal);
-          return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
-        }
-
-        // If R1 was not in the range, then it is a good return value.  Make
-        // sure that R1-1 WAS in the range though, just in case.
-        ConstantInt *NextVal =
-               ConstantInt::get(SE.getContext(), R1->getValue()->getValue()-1);
-        R1Val = EvaluateConstantChrecAtConstant(this, NextVal, SE);
-        if (Range.contains(R1Val->getValue()))
-          return R1;
-        return SE.getCouldNotCompute();  // Something strange happened
-      }
-    }
-  }
-
-  return SE.getCouldNotCompute();
-}
-
-
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                   SCEVCallbackVH Class Implementation
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::deleted() {
-  assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
-  if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(getValPtr()))
-    SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
-  SE->Scalars.erase(getValPtr());
-  // this now dangles!
-}
-
-void ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::allUsesReplacedWith(Value *) {
-  assert(SE && "SCEVCallbackVH called with a null ScalarEvolution!");
-
-  // Forget all the expressions associated with users of the old value,
-  // so that future queries will recompute the expressions using the new
-  // value.
-  SmallVector<User *, 16> Worklist;
-  SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
-  Value *Old = getValPtr();
-  for (Value::use_iterator UI = Old->use_begin(), UE = Old->use_end();
-       UI != UE; ++UI)
-    Worklist.push_back(*UI);
-  while (!Worklist.empty()) {
-    User *U = Worklist.pop_back_val();
-    // Deleting the Old value will cause this to dangle. Postpone
-    // that until everything else is done.
-    if (U == Old)
-      continue;
-    if (!Visited.insert(U))
-      continue;
-    if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(U))
-      SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
-    SE->Scalars.erase(U);
-    for (Value::use_iterator UI = U->use_begin(), UE = U->use_end();
-         UI != UE; ++UI)
-      Worklist.push_back(*UI);
-  }
-  // Delete the Old value.
-  if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(Old))
-    SE->ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.erase(PN);
-  SE->Scalars.erase(Old);
-  // this now dangles!
-}
-
-ScalarEvolution::SCEVCallbackVH::SCEVCallbackVH(Value *V, ScalarEvolution *se)
-  : CallbackVH(V), SE(se) {}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                   ScalarEvolution Class Implementation
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-ScalarEvolution::ScalarEvolution()
-  : FunctionPass(&ID) {
-}
-
-bool ScalarEvolution::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
-  this->F = &F;
-  LI = &getAnalysis<LoopInfo>();
-  TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
-  DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTree>();
-  return false;
-}
-
-void ScalarEvolution::releaseMemory() {
-  Scalars.clear();
-  BackedgeTakenCounts.clear();
-  ConstantEvolutionLoopExitValue.clear();
-  ValuesAtScopes.clear();
-  UniqueSCEVs.clear();
-  SCEVAllocator.Reset();
-}
-
-void ScalarEvolution::getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
-  AU.setPreservesAll();
-  AU.addRequiredTransitive<LoopInfo>();
-  AU.addRequiredTransitive<DominatorTree>();
-}
-
-bool ScalarEvolution::hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(const Loop *L) {
-  return !isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(getBackedgeTakenCount(L));
-}
-
-static void PrintLoopInfo(raw_ostream &OS, ScalarEvolution *SE,
-                          const Loop *L) {
-  // Print all inner loops first
-  for (Loop::iterator I = L->begin(), E = L->end(); I != E; ++I)
-    PrintLoopInfo(OS, SE, *I);
-
-  OS << "Loop ";
-  WriteAsOperand(OS, L->getHeader(), /*PrintType=*/false);
-  OS << ": ";
-
-  SmallVector<BasicBlock *, 8> ExitBlocks;
-  L->getExitBlocks(ExitBlocks);
-  if (ExitBlocks.size() != 1)
-    OS << "<multiple exits> ";
-
-  if (SE->hasLoopInvariantBackedgeTakenCount(L)) {
-    OS << "backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getBackedgeTakenCount(L);
-  } else {
-    OS << "Unpredictable backedge-taken count. ";
-  }
-
-  OS << "\n"
-        "Loop ";
-  WriteAsOperand(OS, L->getHeader(), /*PrintType=*/false);
-  OS << ": ";
-
-  if (!isa<SCEVCouldNotCompute>(SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L))) {
-    OS << "max backedge-taken count is " << *SE->getMaxBackedgeTakenCount(L);
-  } else {
-    OS << "Unpredictable max backedge-taken count. ";
-  }
-
-  OS << "\n";
-}
-
-void ScalarEvolution::print(raw_ostream &OS, const Module *) const {
-  // ScalarEvolution's implementation of the print method is to print
-  // out SCEV values of all instructions that are interesting. Doing
-  // this potentially causes it to create new SCEV objects though,
-  // which technically conflicts with the const qualifier. This isn't
-  // observable from outside the class though, so casting away the
-  // const isn't dangerous.
-  ScalarEvolution &SE = *const_cast<ScalarEvolution *>(this);
-
-  OS << "Classifying expressions for: ";
-  WriteAsOperand(OS, F, /*PrintType=*/false);
-  OS << "\n";
-  for (inst_iterator I = inst_begin(F), E = inst_end(F); I != E; ++I)
-    if (isSCEVable(I->getType()) && !isa<CmpInst>(*I)) {
-      OS << *I << '\n';
-      OS << "  -->  ";
-      const SCEV *SV = SE.getSCEV(&*I);
-      SV->print(OS);
-
-      const Loop *L = LI->getLoopFor((*I).getParent());
-
-      const SCEV *AtUse = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L);
-      if (AtUse != SV) {
-        OS << "  -->  ";
-        AtUse->print(OS);
-      }
-
-      if (L) {
-        OS << "\t\t" "Exits: ";
-        const SCEV *ExitValue = SE.getSCEVAtScope(SV, L->getParentLoop());
-        if (!ExitValue->isLoopInvariant(L)) {
-          OS << "<<Unknown>>";
-        } else {
-          OS << *ExitValue;
-        }
-      }
-
-      OS << "\n";
-    }
-
-  OS << "Determining loop execution counts for: ";
-  WriteAsOperand(OS, F, /*PrintType=*/false);
-  OS << "\n";
-  for (LoopInfo::iterator I = LI->begin(), E = LI->end(); I != E; ++I)
-    PrintLoopInfo(OS, &SE, *I);
-}
-

Removed: llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp.orig
URL: http://llvm.org/viewvc/llvm-project/llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp.orig?rev=109615&view=auto
==============================================================================
--- llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp.orig (original)
+++ llvm/branches/Apple/williamson/lib/Transforms/Scalar/GVN.cpp.orig (removed)
@@ -1,2316 +0,0 @@
-//===- GVN.cpp - Eliminate redundant values and loads ---------------------===//
-//
-//                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
-//
-// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
-// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//
-// This pass performs global value numbering to eliminate fully redundant
-// instructions.  It also performs simple dead load elimination.
-//
-// Note that this pass does the value numbering itself; it does not use the
-// ValueNumbering analysis passes.
-//
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-#define DEBUG_TYPE "gvn"
-#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
-#include "llvm/BasicBlock.h"
-#include "llvm/Constants.h"
-#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
-#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
-#include "llvm/Function.h"
-#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
-#include "llvm/LLVMContext.h"
-#include "llvm/Operator.h"
-#include "llvm/Value.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/DepthFirstIterator.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/PostOrderIterator.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
-#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/AliasAnalysis.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/ConstantFolding.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/Dominators.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryBuiltins.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/MemoryDependenceAnalysis.h"
-#include "llvm/Analysis/PHITransAddr.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/CFG.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/IRBuilder.h"
-#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
-#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
-#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
-#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
-#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/SSAUpdater.h"
-using namespace llvm;
-
-STATISTIC(NumGVNInstr,  "Number of instructions deleted");
-STATISTIC(NumGVNLoad,   "Number of loads deleted");
-STATISTIC(NumGVNPRE,    "Number of instructions PRE'd");
-STATISTIC(NumGVNBlocks, "Number of blocks merged");
-STATISTIC(NumPRELoad,   "Number of loads PRE'd");
-
-static cl::opt<bool> EnablePRE("enable-pre",
-                               cl::init(true), cl::Hidden);
-static cl::opt<bool> EnableLoadPRE("enable-load-pre", cl::init(true));
-static cl::opt<bool> EnableFullLoadPRE("enable-full-load-pre", cl::init(false));
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                         ValueTable Class
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// This class holds the mapping between values and value numbers.  It is used
-/// as an efficient mechanism to determine the expression-wise equivalence of
-/// two values.
-namespace {
-  struct Expression {
-    enum ExpressionOpcode { 
-      ADD = Instruction::Add,
-      FADD = Instruction::FAdd,
-      SUB = Instruction::Sub,
-      FSUB = Instruction::FSub,
-      MUL = Instruction::Mul,
-      FMUL = Instruction::FMul,
-      UDIV = Instruction::UDiv,
-      SDIV = Instruction::SDiv,
-      FDIV = Instruction::FDiv,
-      UREM = Instruction::URem,
-      SREM = Instruction::SRem,
-      FREM = Instruction::FRem,
-      SHL = Instruction::Shl,
-      LSHR = Instruction::LShr,
-      ASHR = Instruction::AShr,
-      AND = Instruction::And,
-      OR = Instruction::Or,
-      XOR = Instruction::Xor,
-      TRUNC = Instruction::Trunc,
-      ZEXT = Instruction::ZExt,
-      SEXT = Instruction::SExt,
-      FPTOUI = Instruction::FPToUI,
-      FPTOSI = Instruction::FPToSI,
-      UITOFP = Instruction::UIToFP,
-      SITOFP = Instruction::SIToFP,
-      FPTRUNC = Instruction::FPTrunc,
-      FPEXT = Instruction::FPExt,
-      PTRTOINT = Instruction::PtrToInt,
-      INTTOPTR = Instruction::IntToPtr,
-      BITCAST = Instruction::BitCast,
-      ICMPEQ, ICMPNE, ICMPUGT, ICMPUGE, ICMPULT, ICMPULE,
-      ICMPSGT, ICMPSGE, ICMPSLT, ICMPSLE, FCMPOEQ,
-      FCMPOGT, FCMPOGE, FCMPOLT, FCMPOLE, FCMPONE,
-      FCMPORD, FCMPUNO, FCMPUEQ, FCMPUGT, FCMPUGE,
-      FCMPULT, FCMPULE, FCMPUNE, EXTRACT, INSERT,
-      SHUFFLE, SELECT, GEP, CALL, CONSTANT,
-      INSERTVALUE, EXTRACTVALUE, EMPTY, TOMBSTONE };
-
-    ExpressionOpcode opcode;
-    const Type* type;
-    SmallVector<uint32_t, 4> varargs;
-    Value *function;
-
-    Expression() { }
-    Expression(ExpressionOpcode o) : opcode(o) { }
-
-    bool operator==(const Expression &other) const {
-      if (opcode != other.opcode)
-        return false;
-      else if (opcode == EMPTY || opcode == TOMBSTONE)
-        return true;
-      else if (type != other.type)
-        return false;
-      else if (function != other.function)
-        return false;
-      else {
-        if (varargs.size() != other.varargs.size())
-          return false;
-
-        for (size_t i = 0; i < varargs.size(); ++i)
-          if (varargs[i] != other.varargs[i])
-            return false;
-
-        return true;
-      }
-    }
-
-    bool operator!=(const Expression &other) const {
-      return !(*this == other);
-    }
-  };
-
-  class ValueTable {
-    private:
-      DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t> valueNumbering;
-      DenseMap<Expression, uint32_t> expressionNumbering;
-      AliasAnalysis* AA;
-      MemoryDependenceAnalysis* MD;
-      DominatorTree* DT;
-
-      uint32_t nextValueNumber;
-
-      Expression::ExpressionOpcode getOpcode(CmpInst* C);
-      Expression create_expression(BinaryOperator* BO);
-      Expression create_expression(CmpInst* C);
-      Expression create_expression(ShuffleVectorInst* V);
-      Expression create_expression(ExtractElementInst* C);
-      Expression create_expression(InsertElementInst* V);
-      Expression create_expression(SelectInst* V);
-      Expression create_expression(CastInst* C);
-      Expression create_expression(GetElementPtrInst* G);
-      Expression create_expression(CallInst* C);
-      Expression create_expression(Constant* C);
-      Expression create_expression(ExtractValueInst* C);
-      Expression create_expression(InsertValueInst* C);
-      
-      uint32_t lookup_or_add_call(CallInst* C);
-    public:
-      ValueTable() : nextValueNumber(1) { }
-      uint32_t lookup_or_add(Value *V);
-      uint32_t lookup(Value *V) const;
-      void add(Value *V, uint32_t num);
-      void clear();
-      void erase(Value *v);
-      unsigned size();
-      void setAliasAnalysis(AliasAnalysis* A) { AA = A; }
-      AliasAnalysis *getAliasAnalysis() const { return AA; }
-      void setMemDep(MemoryDependenceAnalysis* M) { MD = M; }
-      void setDomTree(DominatorTree* D) { DT = D; }
-      uint32_t getNextUnusedValueNumber() { return nextValueNumber; }
-      void verifyRemoved(const Value *) const;
-  };
-}
-
-namespace llvm {
-template <> struct DenseMapInfo<Expression> {
-  static inline Expression getEmptyKey() {
-    return Expression(Expression::EMPTY);
-  }
-
-  static inline Expression getTombstoneKey() {
-    return Expression(Expression::TOMBSTONE);
-  }
-
-  static unsigned getHashValue(const Expression e) {
-    unsigned hash = e.opcode;
-
-    hash = ((unsigned)((uintptr_t)e.type >> 4) ^
-            (unsigned)((uintptr_t)e.type >> 9));
-
-    for (SmallVector<uint32_t, 4>::const_iterator I = e.varargs.begin(),
-         E = e.varargs.end(); I != E; ++I)
-      hash = *I + hash * 37;
-
-    hash = ((unsigned)((uintptr_t)e.function >> 4) ^
-            (unsigned)((uintptr_t)e.function >> 9)) +
-           hash * 37;
-
-    return hash;
-  }
-  static bool isEqual(const Expression &LHS, const Expression &RHS) {
-    return LHS == RHS;
-  }
-};
-  
-template <>
-struct isPodLike<Expression> { static const bool value = true; };
-
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                     ValueTable Internal Functions
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-Expression::ExpressionOpcode ValueTable::getOpcode(CmpInst* C) {
-  if (isa<ICmpInst>(C)) {
-    switch (C->getPredicate()) {
-    default:  // THIS SHOULD NEVER HAPPEN
-      llvm_unreachable("Comparison with unknown predicate?");
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:  return Expression::ICMPEQ;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:  return Expression::ICMPNE;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: return Expression::ICMPUGT;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return Expression::ICMPUGE;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: return Expression::ICMPULT;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return Expression::ICMPULE;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: return Expression::ICMPSGT;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return Expression::ICMPSGE;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: return Expression::ICMPSLT;
-    case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return Expression::ICMPSLE;
-    }
-  } else {
-    switch (C->getPredicate()) {
-    default: // THIS SHOULD NEVER HAPPEN
-      llvm_unreachable("Comparison with unknown predicate?");
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: return Expression::FCMPOEQ;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: return Expression::FCMPOGT;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: return Expression::FCMPOGE;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: return Expression::FCMPOLT;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: return Expression::FCMPOLE;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE: return Expression::FCMPONE;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD: return Expression::FCMPORD;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO: return Expression::FCMPUNO;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ: return Expression::FCMPUEQ;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: return Expression::FCMPUGT;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: return Expression::FCMPUGE;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: return Expression::FCMPULT;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: return Expression::FCMPULE;
-    case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: return Expression::FCMPUNE;
-    }
-  }
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(CallInst* C) {
-  Expression e;
-
-  e.type = C->getType();
-  e.function = C->getCalledFunction();
-  e.opcode = Expression::CALL;
-
-  CallSite CS(C);
-  for (CallInst::op_iterator I = CS.arg_begin(), E = CS.arg_end();
-       I != E; ++I)
-    e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(*I));
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(BinaryOperator* BO) {
-  Expression e;
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(BO->getOperand(0)));
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(BO->getOperand(1)));
-  e.function = 0;
-  e.type = BO->getType();
-  e.opcode = static_cast<Expression::ExpressionOpcode>(BO->getOpcode());
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(CmpInst* C) {
-  Expression e;
-
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(C->getOperand(0)));
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(C->getOperand(1)));
-  e.function = 0;
-  e.type = C->getType();
-  e.opcode = getOpcode(C);
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(CastInst* C) {
-  Expression e;
-
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(C->getOperand(0)));
-  e.function = 0;
-  e.type = C->getType();
-  e.opcode = static_cast<Expression::ExpressionOpcode>(C->getOpcode());
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(ShuffleVectorInst* S) {
-  Expression e;
-
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(S->getOperand(0)));
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(S->getOperand(1)));
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(S->getOperand(2)));
-  e.function = 0;
-  e.type = S->getType();
-  e.opcode = Expression::SHUFFLE;
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(ExtractElementInst* E) {
-  Expression e;
-
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(E->getOperand(0)));
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(E->getOperand(1)));
-  e.function = 0;
-  e.type = E->getType();
-  e.opcode = Expression::EXTRACT;
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(InsertElementInst* I) {
-  Expression e;
-
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(I->getOperand(0)));
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(I->getOperand(1)));
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(I->getOperand(2)));
-  e.function = 0;
-  e.type = I->getType();
-  e.opcode = Expression::INSERT;
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(SelectInst* I) {
-  Expression e;
-
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(I->getCondition()));
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(I->getTrueValue()));
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(I->getFalseValue()));
-  e.function = 0;
-  e.type = I->getType();
-  e.opcode = Expression::SELECT;
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(GetElementPtrInst* G) {
-  Expression e;
-
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(G->getPointerOperand()));
-  e.function = 0;
-  e.type = G->getType();
-  e.opcode = Expression::GEP;
-
-  for (GetElementPtrInst::op_iterator I = G->idx_begin(), E = G->idx_end();
-       I != E; ++I)
-    e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(*I));
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(ExtractValueInst* E) {
-  Expression e;
-
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(E->getAggregateOperand()));
-  for (ExtractValueInst::idx_iterator II = E->idx_begin(), IE = E->idx_end();
-       II != IE; ++II)
-    e.varargs.push_back(*II);
-  e.function = 0;
-  e.type = E->getType();
-  e.opcode = Expression::EXTRACTVALUE;
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-Expression ValueTable::create_expression(InsertValueInst* E) {
-  Expression e;
-
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(E->getAggregateOperand()));
-  e.varargs.push_back(lookup_or_add(E->getInsertedValueOperand()));
-  for (InsertValueInst::idx_iterator II = E->idx_begin(), IE = E->idx_end();
-       II != IE; ++II)
-    e.varargs.push_back(*II);
-  e.function = 0;
-  e.type = E->getType();
-  e.opcode = Expression::INSERTVALUE;
-
-  return e;
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                     ValueTable External Functions
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-/// add - Insert a value into the table with a specified value number.
-void ValueTable::add(Value *V, uint32_t num) {
-  valueNumbering.insert(std::make_pair(V, num));
-}
-
-uint32_t ValueTable::lookup_or_add_call(CallInst* C) {
-  if (AA->doesNotAccessMemory(C)) {
-    Expression exp = create_expression(C);
-    uint32_t& e = expressionNumbering[exp];
-    if (!e) e = nextValueNumber++;
-    valueNumbering[C] = e;
-    return e;
-  } else if (AA->onlyReadsMemory(C)) {
-    Expression exp = create_expression(C);
-    uint32_t& e = expressionNumbering[exp];
-    if (!e) {
-      e = nextValueNumber++;
-      valueNumbering[C] = e;
-      return e;
-    }
-    if (!MD) {
-      e = nextValueNumber++;
-      valueNumbering[C] = e;
-      return e;
-    }
-
-    MemDepResult local_dep = MD->getDependency(C);
-
-    if (!local_dep.isDef() && !local_dep.isNonLocal()) {
-      valueNumbering[C] =  nextValueNumber;
-      return nextValueNumber++;
-    }
-
-    if (local_dep.isDef()) {
-      CallInst* local_cdep = cast<CallInst>(local_dep.getInst());
-
-      if (local_cdep->getNumArgOperands() != C->getNumArgOperands()) {
-        valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber;
-        return nextValueNumber++;
-      }
-
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = C->getNumArgOperands(); i < e; ++i) {
-        uint32_t c_vn = lookup_or_add(C->getArgOperand(i));
-        uint32_t cd_vn = lookup_or_add(local_cdep->getArgOperand(i));
-        if (c_vn != cd_vn) {
-          valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber;
-          return nextValueNumber++;
-        }
-      }
-
-      uint32_t v = lookup_or_add(local_cdep);
-      valueNumbering[C] = v;
-      return v;
-    }
-
-    // Non-local case.
-    const MemoryDependenceAnalysis::NonLocalDepInfo &deps =
-      MD->getNonLocalCallDependency(CallSite(C));
-    // FIXME: call/call dependencies for readonly calls should return def, not
-    // clobber!  Move the checking logic to MemDep!
-    CallInst* cdep = 0;
-
-    // Check to see if we have a single dominating call instruction that is
-    // identical to C.
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = deps.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-      const NonLocalDepEntry *I = &deps[i];
-      // Ignore non-local dependencies.
-      if (I->getResult().isNonLocal())
-        continue;
-
-      // We don't handle non-depedencies.  If we already have a call, reject
-      // instruction dependencies.
-      if (I->getResult().isClobber() || cdep != 0) {
-        cdep = 0;
-        break;
-      }
-
-      CallInst *NonLocalDepCall = dyn_cast<CallInst>(I->getResult().getInst());
-      // FIXME: All duplicated with non-local case.
-      if (NonLocalDepCall && DT->properlyDominates(I->getBB(), C->getParent())){
-        cdep = NonLocalDepCall;
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      cdep = 0;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    if (!cdep) {
-      valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber;
-      return nextValueNumber++;
-    }
-
-    if (cdep->getNumArgOperands() != C->getNumArgOperands()) {
-      valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber;
-      return nextValueNumber++;
-    }
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = C->getNumArgOperands(); i < e; ++i) {
-      uint32_t c_vn = lookup_or_add(C->getArgOperand(i));
-      uint32_t cd_vn = lookup_or_add(cdep->getArgOperand(i));
-      if (c_vn != cd_vn) {
-        valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber;
-        return nextValueNumber++;
-      }
-    }
-
-    uint32_t v = lookup_or_add(cdep);
-    valueNumbering[C] = v;
-    return v;
-
-  } else {
-    valueNumbering[C] = nextValueNumber;
-    return nextValueNumber++;
-  }
-}
-
-/// lookup_or_add - Returns the value number for the specified value, assigning
-/// it a new number if it did not have one before.
-uint32_t ValueTable::lookup_or_add(Value *V) {
-  DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t>::iterator VI = valueNumbering.find(V);
-  if (VI != valueNumbering.end())
-    return VI->second;
-
-  if (!isa<Instruction>(V)) {
-    valueNumbering[V] = nextValueNumber;
-    return nextValueNumber++;
-  }
-  
-  Instruction* I = cast<Instruction>(V);
-  Expression exp;
-  switch (I->getOpcode()) {
-    case Instruction::Call:
-      return lookup_or_add_call(cast<CallInst>(I));
-    case Instruction::Add:
-    case Instruction::FAdd:
-    case Instruction::Sub:
-    case Instruction::FSub:
-    case Instruction::Mul:
-    case Instruction::FMul:
-    case Instruction::UDiv:
-    case Instruction::SDiv:
-    case Instruction::FDiv:
-    case Instruction::URem:
-    case Instruction::SRem:
-    case Instruction::FRem:
-    case Instruction::Shl:
-    case Instruction::LShr:
-    case Instruction::AShr:
-    case Instruction::And:
-    case Instruction::Or :
-    case Instruction::Xor:
-      exp = create_expression(cast<BinaryOperator>(I));
-      break;
-    case Instruction::ICmp:
-    case Instruction::FCmp:
-      exp = create_expression(cast<CmpInst>(I));
-      break;
-    case Instruction::Trunc:
-    case Instruction::ZExt:
-    case Instruction::SExt:
-    case Instruction::FPToUI:
-    case Instruction::FPToSI:
-    case Instruction::UIToFP:
-    case Instruction::SIToFP:
-    case Instruction::FPTrunc:
-    case Instruction::FPExt:
-    case Instruction::PtrToInt:
-    case Instruction::IntToPtr:
-    case Instruction::BitCast:
-      exp = create_expression(cast<CastInst>(I));
-      break;
-    case Instruction::Select:
-      exp = create_expression(cast<SelectInst>(I));
-      break;
-    case Instruction::ExtractElement:
-      exp = create_expression(cast<ExtractElementInst>(I));
-      break;
-    case Instruction::InsertElement:
-      exp = create_expression(cast<InsertElementInst>(I));
-      break;
-    case Instruction::ShuffleVector:
-      exp = create_expression(cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I));
-      break;
-    case Instruction::ExtractValue:
-      exp = create_expression(cast<ExtractValueInst>(I));
-      break;
-    case Instruction::InsertValue:
-      exp = create_expression(cast<InsertValueInst>(I));
-      break;      
-    case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
-      exp = create_expression(cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I));
-      break;
-    default:
-      valueNumbering[V] = nextValueNumber;
-      return nextValueNumber++;
-  }
-
-  uint32_t& e = expressionNumbering[exp];
-  if (!e) e = nextValueNumber++;
-  valueNumbering[V] = e;
-  return e;
-}
-
-/// lookup - Returns the value number of the specified value. Fails if
-/// the value has not yet been numbered.
-uint32_t ValueTable::lookup(Value *V) const {
-  DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t>::const_iterator VI = valueNumbering.find(V);
-  assert(VI != valueNumbering.end() && "Value not numbered?");
-  return VI->second;
-}
-
-/// clear - Remove all entries from the ValueTable
-void ValueTable::clear() {
-  valueNumbering.clear();
-  expressionNumbering.clear();
-  nextValueNumber = 1;
-}
-
-/// erase - Remove a value from the value numbering
-void ValueTable::erase(Value *V) {
-  valueNumbering.erase(V);
-}
-
-/// verifyRemoved - Verify that the value is removed from all internal data
-/// structures.
-void ValueTable::verifyRemoved(const Value *V) const {
-  for (DenseMap<Value*, uint32_t>::const_iterator
-         I = valueNumbering.begin(), E = valueNumbering.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    assert(I->first != V && "Inst still occurs in value numbering map!");
-  }
-}
-
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-//                                GVN Pass
-//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
-
-namespace {
-  struct ValueNumberScope {
-    ValueNumberScope* parent;
-    DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*> table;
-
-    ValueNumberScope(ValueNumberScope* p) : parent(p) { }
-  };
-}
-
-namespace {
-
-  class GVN : public FunctionPass {
-    bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
-  public:
-    static char ID; // Pass identification, replacement for typeid
-    explicit GVN(bool noloads = false)
-      : FunctionPass(&ID), NoLoads(noloads), MD(0) { }
-
-  private:
-    bool NoLoads;
-    MemoryDependenceAnalysis *MD;
-    DominatorTree *DT;
-
-    ValueTable VN;
-    DenseMap<BasicBlock*, ValueNumberScope*> localAvail;
-
-    // List of critical edges to be split between iterations.
-    SmallVector<std::pair<TerminatorInst*, unsigned>, 4> toSplit;
-
-    // This transformation requires dominator postdominator info
-    virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
-      AU.addRequired<DominatorTree>();
-      if (!NoLoads)
-        AU.addRequired<MemoryDependenceAnalysis>();
-      AU.addRequired<AliasAnalysis>();
-
-      AU.addPreserved<DominatorTree>();
-      AU.addPreserved<AliasAnalysis>();
-    }
-
-    // Helper fuctions
-    // FIXME: eliminate or document these better
-    bool processLoad(LoadInst* L,
-                     SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &toErase);
-    bool processInstruction(Instruction *I,
-                            SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &toErase);
-    bool processNonLocalLoad(LoadInst* L,
-                             SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &toErase);
-    bool processBlock(BasicBlock *BB);
-    void dump(DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*>& d);
-    bool iterateOnFunction(Function &F);
-    Value *CollapsePhi(PHINode* p);
-    bool performPRE(Function& F);
-    Value *lookupNumber(BasicBlock *BB, uint32_t num);
-    void cleanupGlobalSets();
-    void verifyRemoved(const Instruction *I) const;
-    bool splitCriticalEdges();
-  };
-
-  char GVN::ID = 0;
-}
-
-// createGVNPass - The public interface to this file...
-FunctionPass *llvm::createGVNPass(bool NoLoads) {
-  return new GVN(NoLoads);
-}
-
-static RegisterPass<GVN> X("gvn",
-                           "Global Value Numbering");
-
-void GVN::dump(DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*>& d) {
-  errs() << "{\n";
-  for (DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*>::iterator I = d.begin(),
-       E = d.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-      errs() << I->first << "\n";
-      I->second->dump();
-  }
-  errs() << "}\n";
-}
-
-static bool isSafeReplacement(PHINode* p, Instruction *inst) {
-  if (!isa<PHINode>(inst))
-    return true;
-
-  for (Instruction::use_iterator UI = p->use_begin(), E = p->use_end();
-       UI != E; ++UI)
-    if (PHINode* use_phi = dyn_cast<PHINode>(UI))
-      if (use_phi->getParent() == inst->getParent())
-        return false;
-
-  return true;
-}
-
-Value *GVN::CollapsePhi(PHINode *PN) {
-  Value *ConstVal = PN->hasConstantValue(DT);
-  if (!ConstVal) return 0;
-
-  Instruction *Inst = dyn_cast<Instruction>(ConstVal);
-  if (!Inst)
-    return ConstVal;
-
-  if (DT->dominates(Inst, PN))
-    if (isSafeReplacement(PN, Inst))
-      return Inst;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/// IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock - Return true if we can prove that the value
-/// we're analyzing is fully available in the specified block.  As we go, keep
-/// track of which blocks we know are fully alive in FullyAvailableBlocks.  This
-/// map is actually a tri-state map with the following values:
-///   0) we know the block *is not* fully available.
-///   1) we know the block *is* fully available.
-///   2) we do not know whether the block is fully available or not, but we are
-///      currently speculating that it will be.
-///   3) we are speculating for this block and have used that to speculate for
-///      other blocks.
-static bool IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock(BasicBlock *BB,
-                            DenseMap<BasicBlock*, char> &FullyAvailableBlocks) {
-  // Optimistically assume that the block is fully available and check to see
-  // if we already know about this block in one lookup.
-  std::pair<DenseMap<BasicBlock*, char>::iterator, char> IV =
-    FullyAvailableBlocks.insert(std::make_pair(BB, 2));
-
-  // If the entry already existed for this block, return the precomputed value.
-  if (!IV.second) {
-    // If this is a speculative "available" value, mark it as being used for
-    // speculation of other blocks.
-    if (IV.first->second == 2)
-      IV.first->second = 3;
-    return IV.first->second != 0;
-  }
-
-  // Otherwise, see if it is fully available in all predecessors.
-  pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(BB), PE = pred_end(BB);
-
-  // If this block has no predecessors, it isn't live-in here.
-  if (PI == PE)
-    goto SpeculationFailure;
-
-  for (; PI != PE; ++PI)
-    // If the value isn't fully available in one of our predecessors, then it
-    // isn't fully available in this block either.  Undo our previous
-    // optimistic assumption and bail out.
-    if (!IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock(*PI, FullyAvailableBlocks))
-      goto SpeculationFailure;
-
-  return true;
-
-// SpeculationFailure - If we get here, we found out that this is not, after
-// all, a fully-available block.  We have a problem if we speculated on this and
-// used the speculation to mark other blocks as available.
-SpeculationFailure:
-  char &BBVal = FullyAvailableBlocks[BB];
-
-  // If we didn't speculate on this, just return with it set to false.
-  if (BBVal == 2) {
-    BBVal = 0;
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  // If we did speculate on this value, we could have blocks set to 1 that are
-  // incorrect.  Walk the (transitive) successors of this block and mark them as
-  // 0 if set to one.
-  SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 32> BBWorklist;
-  BBWorklist.push_back(BB);
-
-  do {
-    BasicBlock *Entry = BBWorklist.pop_back_val();
-    // Note that this sets blocks to 0 (unavailable) if they happen to not
-    // already be in FullyAvailableBlocks.  This is safe.
-    char &EntryVal = FullyAvailableBlocks[Entry];
-    if (EntryVal == 0) continue;  // Already unavailable.
-
-    // Mark as unavailable.
-    EntryVal = 0;
-
-    for (succ_iterator I = succ_begin(Entry), E = succ_end(Entry); I != E; ++I)
-      BBWorklist.push_back(*I);
-  } while (!BBWorklist.empty());
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-
-/// CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad - Return true if
-/// CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType will succeed.
-static bool CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(Value *StoredVal,
-                                            const Type *LoadTy,
-                                            const TargetData &TD) {
-  // If the loaded or stored value is an first class array or struct, don't try
-  // to transform them.  We need to be able to bitcast to integer.
-  if (LoadTy->isStructTy() || LoadTy->isArrayTy() ||
-      StoredVal->getType()->isStructTy() ||
-      StoredVal->getType()->isArrayTy())
-    return false;
-  
-  // The store has to be at least as big as the load.
-  if (TD.getTypeSizeInBits(StoredVal->getType()) <
-        TD.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy))
-    return false;
-  
-  return true;
-}
-  
-
-/// CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType - If we saw a store of a value to memory, and
-/// then a load from a must-aliased pointer of a different type, try to coerce
-/// the stored value.  LoadedTy is the type of the load we want to replace and
-/// InsertPt is the place to insert new instructions.
-///
-/// If we can't do it, return null.
-static Value *CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(Value *StoredVal, 
-                                             const Type *LoadedTy,
-                                             Instruction *InsertPt,
-                                             const TargetData &TD) {
-  if (!CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(StoredVal, LoadedTy, TD))
-    return 0;
-  
-  const Type *StoredValTy = StoredVal->getType();
-  
-  uint64_t StoreSize = TD.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(StoredValTy);
-  uint64_t LoadSize = TD.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadedTy);
-  
-  // If the store and reload are the same size, we can always reuse it.
-  if (StoreSize == LoadSize) {
-    if (StoredValTy->isPointerTy() && LoadedTy->isPointerTy()) {
-      // Pointer to Pointer -> use bitcast.
-      return new BitCastInst(StoredVal, LoadedTy, "", InsertPt);
-    }
-    
-    // Convert source pointers to integers, which can be bitcast.
-    if (StoredValTy->isPointerTy()) {
-      StoredValTy = TD.getIntPtrType(StoredValTy->getContext());
-      StoredVal = new PtrToIntInst(StoredVal, StoredValTy, "", InsertPt);
-    }
-    
-    const Type *TypeToCastTo = LoadedTy;
-    if (TypeToCastTo->isPointerTy())
-      TypeToCastTo = TD.getIntPtrType(StoredValTy->getContext());
-    
-    if (StoredValTy != TypeToCastTo)
-      StoredVal = new BitCastInst(StoredVal, TypeToCastTo, "", InsertPt);
-    
-    // Cast to pointer if the load needs a pointer type.
-    if (LoadedTy->isPointerTy())
-      StoredVal = new IntToPtrInst(StoredVal, LoadedTy, "", InsertPt);
-    
-    return StoredVal;
-  }
-  
-  // If the loaded value is smaller than the available value, then we can
-  // extract out a piece from it.  If the available value is too small, then we
-  // can't do anything.
-  assert(StoreSize >= LoadSize && "CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad fail");
-  
-  // Convert source pointers to integers, which can be manipulated.
-  if (StoredValTy->isPointerTy()) {
-    StoredValTy = TD.getIntPtrType(StoredValTy->getContext());
-    StoredVal = new PtrToIntInst(StoredVal, StoredValTy, "", InsertPt);
-  }
-  
-  // Convert vectors and fp to integer, which can be manipulated.
-  if (!StoredValTy->isIntegerTy()) {
-    StoredValTy = IntegerType::get(StoredValTy->getContext(), StoreSize);
-    StoredVal = new BitCastInst(StoredVal, StoredValTy, "", InsertPt);
-  }
-  
-  // If this is a big-endian system, we need to shift the value down to the low
-  // bits so that a truncate will work.
-  if (TD.isBigEndian()) {
-    Constant *Val = ConstantInt::get(StoredVal->getType(), StoreSize-LoadSize);
-    StoredVal = BinaryOperator::CreateLShr(StoredVal, Val, "tmp", InsertPt);
-  }
-  
-  // Truncate the integer to the right size now.
-  const Type *NewIntTy = IntegerType::get(StoredValTy->getContext(), LoadSize);
-  StoredVal = new TruncInst(StoredVal, NewIntTy, "trunc", InsertPt);
-  
-  if (LoadedTy == NewIntTy)
-    return StoredVal;
-  
-  // If the result is a pointer, inttoptr.
-  if (LoadedTy->isPointerTy())
-    return new IntToPtrInst(StoredVal, LoadedTy, "inttoptr", InsertPt);
-  
-  // Otherwise, bitcast.
-  return new BitCastInst(StoredVal, LoadedTy, "bitcast", InsertPt);
-}
-
-/// GetBaseWithConstantOffset - Analyze the specified pointer to see if it can
-/// be expressed as a base pointer plus a constant offset.  Return the base and
-/// offset to the caller.
-static Value *GetBaseWithConstantOffset(Value *Ptr, int64_t &Offset,
-                                        const TargetData &TD) {
-  Operator *PtrOp = dyn_cast<Operator>(Ptr);
-  if (PtrOp == 0) return Ptr;
-  
-  // Just look through bitcasts.
-  if (PtrOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
-    return GetBaseWithConstantOffset(PtrOp->getOperand(0), Offset, TD);
-  
-  // If this is a GEP with constant indices, we can look through it.
-  GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(PtrOp);
-  if (GEP == 0 || !GEP->hasAllConstantIndices()) return Ptr;
-  
-  gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
-  for (User::op_iterator I = GEP->idx_begin(), E = GEP->idx_end(); I != E;
-       ++I, ++GTI) {
-    ConstantInt *OpC = cast<ConstantInt>(*I);
-    if (OpC->isZero()) continue;
-    
-    // Handle a struct and array indices which add their offset to the pointer.
-    if (const StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
-      Offset += TD.getStructLayout(STy)->getElementOffset(OpC->getZExtValue());
-    } else {
-      uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType());
-      Offset += OpC->getSExtValue()*Size;
-    }
-  }
-  
-  // Re-sign extend from the pointer size if needed to get overflow edge cases
-  // right.
-  unsigned PtrSize = TD.getPointerSizeInBits();
-  if (PtrSize < 64)
-    Offset = (Offset << (64-PtrSize)) >> (64-PtrSize);
-  
-  return GetBaseWithConstantOffset(GEP->getPointerOperand(), Offset, TD);
-}
-
-
-/// AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite - This function is called when we have a
-/// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering memory write (store,
-/// memset, memcpy, memmove).  This means that the write *may* provide bits used
-/// by the load but we can't be sure because the pointers don't mustalias.
-///
-/// Check this case to see if there is anything more we can do before we give
-/// up.  This returns -1 if we have to give up, or a byte number in the stored
-/// value of the piece that feeds the load.
-static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(const Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr,
-                                          Value *WritePtr,
-                                          uint64_t WriteSizeInBits,
-                                          const TargetData &TD) {
-  // If the loaded or stored value is an first class array or struct, don't try
-  // to transform them.  We need to be able to bitcast to integer.
-  if (LoadTy->isStructTy() || LoadTy->isArrayTy())
-    return -1;
-  
-  int64_t StoreOffset = 0, LoadOffset = 0;
-  Value *StoreBase = GetBaseWithConstantOffset(WritePtr, StoreOffset, TD);
-  Value *LoadBase = 
-    GetBaseWithConstantOffset(LoadPtr, LoadOffset, TD);
-  if (StoreBase != LoadBase)
-    return -1;
-  
-  // If the load and store are to the exact same address, they should have been
-  // a must alias.  AA must have gotten confused.
-  // FIXME: Study to see if/when this happens.  One case is forwarding a memset
-  // to a load from the base of the memset.
-#if 0
-  if (LoadOffset == StoreOffset) {
-    dbgs() << "STORE/LOAD DEP WITH COMMON POINTER MISSED:\n"
-    << "Base       = " << *StoreBase << "\n"
-    << "Store Ptr  = " << *WritePtr << "\n"
-    << "Store Offs = " << StoreOffset << "\n"
-    << "Load Ptr   = " << *LoadPtr << "\n";
-    abort();
-  }
-#endif
-  
-  // If the load and store don't overlap at all, the store doesn't provide
-  // anything to the load.  In this case, they really don't alias at all, AA
-  // must have gotten confused.
-  // FIXME: Investigate cases where this bails out, e.g. rdar://7238614. Then
-  // remove this check, as it is duplicated with what we have below.
-  uint64_t LoadSize = TD.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy);
-  
-  if ((WriteSizeInBits & 7) | (LoadSize & 7))
-    return -1;
-  uint64_t StoreSize = WriteSizeInBits >> 3;  // Convert to bytes.
-  LoadSize >>= 3;
-  
-  
-  bool isAAFailure = false;
-  if (StoreOffset < LoadOffset)
-    isAAFailure = StoreOffset+int64_t(StoreSize) <= LoadOffset;
-  else
-    isAAFailure = LoadOffset+int64_t(LoadSize) <= StoreOffset;
-
-  if (isAAFailure) {
-#if 0
-    dbgs() << "STORE LOAD DEP WITH COMMON BASE:\n"
-    << "Base       = " << *StoreBase << "\n"
-    << "Store Ptr  = " << *WritePtr << "\n"
-    << "Store Offs = " << StoreOffset << "\n"
-    << "Load Ptr   = " << *LoadPtr << "\n";
-    abort();
-#endif
-    return -1;
-  }
-  
-  // If the Load isn't completely contained within the stored bits, we don't
-  // have all the bits to feed it.  We could do something crazy in the future
-  // (issue a smaller load then merge the bits in) but this seems unlikely to be
-  // valuable.
-  if (StoreOffset > LoadOffset ||
-      StoreOffset+StoreSize < LoadOffset+LoadSize)
-    return -1;
-  
-  // Okay, we can do this transformation.  Return the number of bytes into the
-  // store that the load is.
-  return LoadOffset-StoreOffset;
-}  
-
-/// AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore - This function is called when we have a
-/// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering store.
-static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(const Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr,
-                                          StoreInst *DepSI,
-                                          const TargetData &TD) {
-  // Cannot handle reading from store of first-class aggregate yet.
-  if (DepSI->getOperand(0)->getType()->isStructTy() ||
-      DepSI->getOperand(0)->getType()->isArrayTy())
-    return -1;
-
-  Value *StorePtr = DepSI->getPointerOperand();
-  uint64_t StoreSize = TD.getTypeSizeInBits(DepSI->getOperand(0)->getType());
-  return AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr,
-                                        StorePtr, StoreSize, TD);
-}
-
-static int AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(const Type *LoadTy, Value *LoadPtr,
-                                            MemIntrinsic *MI,
-                                            const TargetData &TD) {
-  // If the mem operation is a non-constant size, we can't handle it.
-  ConstantInt *SizeCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(MI->getLength());
-  if (SizeCst == 0) return -1;
-  uint64_t MemSizeInBits = SizeCst->getZExtValue()*8;
-
-  // If this is memset, we just need to see if the offset is valid in the size
-  // of the memset..
-  if (MI->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::memset)
-    return AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr, MI->getDest(),
-                                          MemSizeInBits, TD);
-  
-  // If we have a memcpy/memmove, the only case we can handle is if this is a
-  // copy from constant memory.  In that case, we can read directly from the
-  // constant memory.
-  MemTransferInst *MTI = cast<MemTransferInst>(MI);
-  
-  Constant *Src = dyn_cast<Constant>(MTI->getSource());
-  if (Src == 0) return -1;
-  
-  GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Src->getUnderlyingObject());
-  if (GV == 0 || !GV->isConstant()) return -1;
-  
-  // See if the access is within the bounds of the transfer.
-  int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingWrite(LoadTy, LoadPtr,
-                                              MI->getDest(), MemSizeInBits, TD);
-  if (Offset == -1)
-    return Offset;
-  
-  // Otherwise, see if we can constant fold a load from the constant with the
-  // offset applied as appropriate.
-  Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src,
-                                 llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(Src->getContext()));
-  Constant *OffsetCst = 
-    ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Src->getContext()), (unsigned)Offset);
-  Src = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Src, &OffsetCst, 1);
-  Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, PointerType::getUnqual(LoadTy));
-  if (ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Src, &TD))
-    return Offset;
-  return -1;
-}
-                                            
-
-/// GetStoreValueForLoad - This function is called when we have a
-/// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering store.  This means
-/// that the store *may* provide bits used by the load but we can't be sure
-/// because the pointers don't mustalias.  Check this case to see if there is
-/// anything more we can do before we give up.
-static Value *GetStoreValueForLoad(Value *SrcVal, unsigned Offset,
-                                   const Type *LoadTy,
-                                   Instruction *InsertPt, const TargetData &TD){
-  LLVMContext &Ctx = SrcVal->getType()->getContext();
-  
-  uint64_t StoreSize = (TD.getTypeSizeInBits(SrcVal->getType()) + 7) / 8;
-  uint64_t LoadSize = (TD.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy) + 7) / 8;
-  
-  IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt->getParent(), InsertPt);
-  
-  // Compute which bits of the stored value are being used by the load.  Convert
-  // to an integer type to start with.
-  if (SrcVal->getType()->isPointerTy())
-    SrcVal = Builder.CreatePtrToInt(SrcVal, TD.getIntPtrType(Ctx), "tmp");
-  if (!SrcVal->getType()->isIntegerTy())
-    SrcVal = Builder.CreateBitCast(SrcVal, IntegerType::get(Ctx, StoreSize*8),
-                                   "tmp");
-  
-  // Shift the bits to the least significant depending on endianness.
-  unsigned ShiftAmt;
-  if (TD.isLittleEndian())
-    ShiftAmt = Offset*8;
-  else
-    ShiftAmt = (StoreSize-LoadSize-Offset)*8;
-  
-  if (ShiftAmt)
-    SrcVal = Builder.CreateLShr(SrcVal, ShiftAmt, "tmp");
-  
-  if (LoadSize != StoreSize)
-    SrcVal = Builder.CreateTrunc(SrcVal, IntegerType::get(Ctx, LoadSize*8),
-                                 "tmp");
-  
-  return CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(SrcVal, LoadTy, InsertPt, TD);
-}
-
-/// GetMemInstValueForLoad - This function is called when we have a
-/// memdep query of a load that ends up being a clobbering mem intrinsic.
-static Value *GetMemInstValueForLoad(MemIntrinsic *SrcInst, unsigned Offset,
-                                     const Type *LoadTy, Instruction *InsertPt,
-                                     const TargetData &TD){
-  LLVMContext &Ctx = LoadTy->getContext();
-  uint64_t LoadSize = TD.getTypeSizeInBits(LoadTy)/8;
-
-  IRBuilder<> Builder(InsertPt->getParent(), InsertPt);
-  
-  // We know that this method is only called when the mem transfer fully
-  // provides the bits for the load.
-  if (MemSetInst *MSI = dyn_cast<MemSetInst>(SrcInst)) {
-    // memset(P, 'x', 1234) -> splat('x'), even if x is a variable, and
-    // independently of what the offset is.
-    Value *Val = MSI->getValue();
-    if (LoadSize != 1)
-      Val = Builder.CreateZExt(Val, IntegerType::get(Ctx, LoadSize*8));
-    
-    Value *OneElt = Val;
-    
-    // Splat the value out to the right number of bits.
-    for (unsigned NumBytesSet = 1; NumBytesSet != LoadSize; ) {
-      // If we can double the number of bytes set, do it.
-      if (NumBytesSet*2 <= LoadSize) {
-        Value *ShVal = Builder.CreateShl(Val, NumBytesSet*8);
-        Val = Builder.CreateOr(Val, ShVal);
-        NumBytesSet <<= 1;
-        continue;
-      }
-      
-      // Otherwise insert one byte at a time.
-      Value *ShVal = Builder.CreateShl(Val, 1*8);
-      Val = Builder.CreateOr(OneElt, ShVal);
-      ++NumBytesSet;
-    }
-    
-    return CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(Val, LoadTy, InsertPt, TD);
-  }
- 
-  // Otherwise, this is a memcpy/memmove from a constant global.
-  MemTransferInst *MTI = cast<MemTransferInst>(SrcInst);
-  Constant *Src = cast<Constant>(MTI->getSource());
-
-  // Otherwise, see if we can constant fold a load from the constant with the
-  // offset applied as appropriate.
-  Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src,
-                                 llvm::Type::getInt8PtrTy(Src->getContext()));
-  Constant *OffsetCst = 
-  ConstantInt::get(Type::getInt64Ty(Src->getContext()), (unsigned)Offset);
-  Src = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(Src, &OffsetCst, 1);
-  Src = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Src, PointerType::getUnqual(LoadTy));
-  return ConstantFoldLoadFromConstPtr(Src, &TD);
-}
-
-namespace {
-
-struct AvailableValueInBlock {
-  /// BB - The basic block in question.
-  BasicBlock *BB;
-  enum ValType {
-    SimpleVal,  // A simple offsetted value that is accessed.
-    MemIntrin   // A memory intrinsic which is loaded from.
-  };
-  
-  /// V - The value that is live out of the block.
-  PointerIntPair<Value *, 1, ValType> Val;
-  
-  /// Offset - The byte offset in Val that is interesting for the load query.
-  unsigned Offset;
-  
-  static AvailableValueInBlock get(BasicBlock *BB, Value *V,
-                                   unsigned Offset = 0) {
-    AvailableValueInBlock Res;
-    Res.BB = BB;
-    Res.Val.setPointer(V);
-    Res.Val.setInt(SimpleVal);
-    Res.Offset = Offset;
-    return Res;
-  }
-
-  static AvailableValueInBlock getMI(BasicBlock *BB, MemIntrinsic *MI,
-                                     unsigned Offset = 0) {
-    AvailableValueInBlock Res;
-    Res.BB = BB;
-    Res.Val.setPointer(MI);
-    Res.Val.setInt(MemIntrin);
-    Res.Offset = Offset;
-    return Res;
-  }
-  
-  bool isSimpleValue() const { return Val.getInt() == SimpleVal; }
-  Value *getSimpleValue() const {
-    assert(isSimpleValue() && "Wrong accessor");
-    return Val.getPointer();
-  }
-  
-  MemIntrinsic *getMemIntrinValue() const {
-    assert(!isSimpleValue() && "Wrong accessor");
-    return cast<MemIntrinsic>(Val.getPointer());
-  }
-  
-  /// MaterializeAdjustedValue - Emit code into this block to adjust the value
-  /// defined here to the specified type.  This handles various coercion cases.
-  Value *MaterializeAdjustedValue(const Type *LoadTy,
-                                  const TargetData *TD) const {
-    Value *Res;
-    if (isSimpleValue()) {
-      Res = getSimpleValue();
-      if (Res->getType() != LoadTy) {
-        assert(TD && "Need target data to handle type mismatch case");
-        Res = GetStoreValueForLoad(Res, Offset, LoadTy, BB->getTerminator(),
-                                   *TD);
-        
-        DEBUG(errs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL VAL:\nOffset: " << Offset << "  "
-                     << *getSimpleValue() << '\n'
-                     << *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n");
-      }
-    } else {
-      Res = GetMemInstValueForLoad(getMemIntrinValue(), Offset,
-                                   LoadTy, BB->getTerminator(), *TD);
-      DEBUG(errs() << "GVN COERCED NONLOCAL MEM INTRIN:\nOffset: " << Offset
-                   << "  " << *getMemIntrinValue() << '\n'
-                   << *Res << '\n' << "\n\n\n");
-    }
-    return Res;
-  }
-};
-
-}
-
-/// ConstructSSAForLoadSet - Given a set of loads specified by ValuesPerBlock,
-/// construct SSA form, allowing us to eliminate LI.  This returns the value
-/// that should be used at LI's definition site.
-static Value *ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LoadInst *LI, 
-                         SmallVectorImpl<AvailableValueInBlock> &ValuesPerBlock,
-                                     const TargetData *TD,
-                                     const DominatorTree &DT,
-                                     AliasAnalysis *AA) {
-  // Check for the fully redundant, dominating load case.  In this case, we can
-  // just use the dominating value directly.
-  if (ValuesPerBlock.size() == 1 && 
-      DT.properlyDominates(ValuesPerBlock[0].BB, LI->getParent()))
-    return ValuesPerBlock[0].MaterializeAdjustedValue(LI->getType(), TD);
-
-  // Otherwise, we have to construct SSA form.
-  SmallVector<PHINode*, 8> NewPHIs;
-  SSAUpdater SSAUpdate(&NewPHIs);
-  SSAUpdate.Initialize(LI);
-  
-  const Type *LoadTy = LI->getType();
-  
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = ValuesPerBlock.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-    const AvailableValueInBlock &AV = ValuesPerBlock[i];
-    BasicBlock *BB = AV.BB;
-    
-    if (SSAUpdate.HasValueForBlock(BB))
-      continue;
-
-    SSAUpdate.AddAvailableValue(BB, AV.MaterializeAdjustedValue(LoadTy, TD));
-  }
-  
-  // Perform PHI construction.
-  Value *V = SSAUpdate.GetValueInMiddleOfBlock(LI->getParent());
-  
-  // If new PHI nodes were created, notify alias analysis.
-  if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewPHIs.size(); i != e; ++i)
-      AA->copyValue(LI, NewPHIs[i]);
-
-  return V;
-}
-
-static bool isLifetimeStart(const Instruction *Inst) {
-  if (const IntrinsicInst* II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Inst))
-    return II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start;
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// processNonLocalLoad - Attempt to eliminate a load whose dependencies are
-/// non-local by performing PHI construction.
-bool GVN::processNonLocalLoad(LoadInst *LI,
-                              SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &toErase) {
-  // Find the non-local dependencies of the load.
-  SmallVector<NonLocalDepResult, 64> Deps;
-  MD->getNonLocalPointerDependency(LI->getOperand(0), true, LI->getParent(),
-                                   Deps);
-  //DEBUG(dbgs() << "INVESTIGATING NONLOCAL LOAD: "
-  //             << Deps.size() << *LI << '\n');
-
-  // If we had to process more than one hundred blocks to find the
-  // dependencies, this load isn't worth worrying about.  Optimizing
-  // it will be too expensive.
-  if (Deps.size() > 100)
-    return false;
-
-  // If we had a phi translation failure, we'll have a single entry which is a
-  // clobber in the current block.  Reject this early.
-  if (Deps.size() == 1 && Deps[0].getResult().isClobber()) {
-    DEBUG(
-      dbgs() << "GVN: non-local load ";
-      WriteAsOperand(dbgs(), LI);
-      dbgs() << " is clobbered by " << *Deps[0].getResult().getInst() << '\n';
-    );
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  // Filter out useless results (non-locals, etc).  Keep track of the blocks
-  // where we have a value available in repl, also keep track of whether we see
-  // dependencies that produce an unknown value for the load (such as a call
-  // that could potentially clobber the load).
-  SmallVector<AvailableValueInBlock, 16> ValuesPerBlock;
-  SmallVector<BasicBlock*, 16> UnavailableBlocks;
-
-  const TargetData *TD = 0;
-  
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = Deps.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-    BasicBlock *DepBB = Deps[i].getBB();
-    MemDepResult DepInfo = Deps[i].getResult();
-
-    if (DepInfo.isClobber()) {
-      // The address being loaded in this non-local block may not be the same as
-      // the pointer operand of the load if PHI translation occurs.  Make sure
-      // to consider the right address.
-      Value *Address = Deps[i].getAddress();
-      
-      // If the dependence is to a store that writes to a superset of the bits
-      // read by the load, we can extract the bits we need for the load from the
-      // stored value.
-      if (StoreInst *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInfo.getInst())) {
-        if (TD == 0)
-          TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
-        if (TD && Address) {
-          int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(LI->getType(), Address,
-                                                      DepSI, *TD);
-          if (Offset != -1) {
-            ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(DepBB,
-                                                           DepSI->getOperand(0),
-                                                                Offset));
-            continue;
-          }
-        }
-      }
-
-      // If the clobbering value is a memset/memcpy/memmove, see if we can
-      // forward a value on from it.
-      if (MemIntrinsic *DepMI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(DepInfo.getInst())) {
-        if (TD == 0)
-          TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
-        if (TD && Address) {
-          int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(LI->getType(), Address,
-                                                        DepMI, *TD);
-          if (Offset != -1) {
-            ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::getMI(DepBB, DepMI,
-                                                                  Offset));
-            continue;
-          }            
-        }
-      }
-      
-      UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB);
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    Instruction *DepInst = DepInfo.getInst();
-
-    // Loading the allocation -> undef.
-    if (isa<AllocaInst>(DepInst) || isMalloc(DepInst) ||
-        // Loading immediately after lifetime begin -> undef.
-        isLifetimeStart(DepInst)) {
-      ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(DepBB,
-                                             UndefValue::get(LI->getType())));
-      continue;
-    }
-    
-    if (StoreInst *S = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInst)) {
-      // Reject loads and stores that are to the same address but are of
-      // different types if we have to.
-      if (S->getOperand(0)->getType() != LI->getType()) {
-        if (TD == 0)
-          TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
-        
-        // If the stored value is larger or equal to the loaded value, we can
-        // reuse it.
-        if (TD == 0 || !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(S->getOperand(0),
-                                                        LI->getType(), *TD)) {
-          UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB);
-          continue;
-        }
-      }
-
-      ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(DepBB,
-                                                          S->getOperand(0)));
-      continue;
-    }
-    
-    if (LoadInst *LD = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(DepInst)) {
-      // If the types mismatch and we can't handle it, reject reuse of the load.
-      if (LD->getType() != LI->getType()) {
-        if (TD == 0)
-          TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>();
-        
-        // If the stored value is larger or equal to the loaded value, we can
-        // reuse it.
-        if (TD == 0 || !CanCoerceMustAliasedValueToLoad(LD, LI->getType(),*TD)){
-          UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB);
-          continue;
-        }          
-      }
-      ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(DepBB, LD));
-      continue;
-    }
-    
-    UnavailableBlocks.push_back(DepBB);
-    continue;
-  }
-
-  // If we have no predecessors that produce a known value for this load, exit
-  // early.
-  if (ValuesPerBlock.empty()) return false;
-
-  // If all of the instructions we depend on produce a known value for this
-  // load, then it is fully redundant and we can use PHI insertion to compute
-  // its value.  Insert PHIs and remove the fully redundant value now.
-  if (UnavailableBlocks.empty()) {
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN REMOVING NONLOCAL LOAD: " << *LI << '\n');
-    
-    // Perform PHI construction.
-    Value *V = ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LI, ValuesPerBlock, TD, *DT,
-                                      VN.getAliasAnalysis());
-    LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
-
-    if (isa<PHINode>(V))
-      V->takeName(LI);
-    if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
-      MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(V);
-    VN.erase(LI);
-    toErase.push_back(LI);
-    ++NumGVNLoad;
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  if (!EnablePRE || !EnableLoadPRE)
-    return false;
-
-  // Okay, we have *some* definitions of the value.  This means that the value
-  // is available in some of our (transitive) predecessors.  Lets think about
-  // doing PRE of this load.  This will involve inserting a new load into the
-  // predecessor when it's not available.  We could do this in general, but
-  // prefer to not increase code size.  As such, we only do this when we know
-  // that we only have to insert *one* load (which means we're basically moving
-  // the load, not inserting a new one).
-
-  SmallPtrSet<BasicBlock *, 4> Blockers;
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = UnavailableBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    Blockers.insert(UnavailableBlocks[i]);
-
-  // Lets find first basic block with more than one predecessor.  Walk backwards
-  // through predecessors if needed.
-  BasicBlock *LoadBB = LI->getParent();
-  BasicBlock *TmpBB = LoadBB;
-
-  bool isSinglePred = false;
-  bool allSingleSucc = true;
-  while (TmpBB->getSinglePredecessor()) {
-    isSinglePred = true;
-    TmpBB = TmpBB->getSinglePredecessor();
-    if (TmpBB == LoadBB) // Infinite (unreachable) loop.
-      return false;
-    if (Blockers.count(TmpBB))
-      return false;
-    if (TmpBB->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1)
-      allSingleSucc = false;
-  }
-
-  assert(TmpBB);
-  LoadBB = TmpBB;
-
-  // If we have a repl set with LI itself in it, this means we have a loop where
-  // at least one of the values is LI.  Since this means that we won't be able
-  // to eliminate LI even if we insert uses in the other predecessors, we will
-  // end up increasing code size.  Reject this by scanning for LI.
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = ValuesPerBlock.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-    if (ValuesPerBlock[i].isSimpleValue() &&
-        ValuesPerBlock[i].getSimpleValue() == LI) {
-      // Skip cases where LI is the only definition, even for EnableFullLoadPRE.
-      if (!EnableFullLoadPRE || e == 1)
-        return false;
-    }
-  }
-
-  // FIXME: It is extremely unclear what this loop is doing, other than
-  // artificially restricting loadpre.
-  if (isSinglePred) {
-    bool isHot = false;
-    for (unsigned i = 0, e = ValuesPerBlock.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-      const AvailableValueInBlock &AV = ValuesPerBlock[i];
-      if (AV.isSimpleValue())
-        // "Hot" Instruction is in some loop (because it dominates its dep.
-        // instruction).
-        if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(AV.getSimpleValue()))
-          if (DT->dominates(LI, I)) {
-            isHot = true;
-            break;
-          }
-    }
-
-    // We are interested only in "hot" instructions. We don't want to do any
-    // mis-optimizations here.
-    if (!isHot)
-      return false;
-  }
-
-  // Check to see how many predecessors have the loaded value fully
-  // available.
-  DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Value*> PredLoads;
-  DenseMap<BasicBlock*, char> FullyAvailableBlocks;
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = ValuesPerBlock.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    FullyAvailableBlocks[ValuesPerBlock[i].BB] = true;
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = UnavailableBlocks.size(); i != e; ++i)
-    FullyAvailableBlocks[UnavailableBlocks[i]] = false;
-
-  SmallVector<std::pair<TerminatorInst*, unsigned>, 4> NeedToSplit;
-  for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(LoadBB), E = pred_end(LoadBB);
-       PI != E; ++PI) {
-    BasicBlock *Pred = *PI;
-    if (IsValueFullyAvailableInBlock(Pred, FullyAvailableBlocks)) {
-      continue;
-    }
-    PredLoads[Pred] = 0;
-
-    if (Pred->getTerminator()->getNumSuccessors() != 1) {
-      if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(Pred->getTerminator())) {
-        DEBUG(dbgs() << "COULD NOT PRE LOAD BECAUSE OF INDBR CRITICAL EDGE '"
-              << Pred->getName() << "': " << *LI << '\n');
-        return false;
-      }
-      unsigned SuccNum = GetSuccessorNumber(Pred, LoadBB);
-      NeedToSplit.push_back(std::make_pair(Pred->getTerminator(), SuccNum));
-    }
-  }
-  if (!NeedToSplit.empty()) {
-    toSplit.append(NeedToSplit.begin(), NeedToSplit.end());
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  // Decide whether PRE is profitable for this load.
-  unsigned NumUnavailablePreds = PredLoads.size();
-  assert(NumUnavailablePreds != 0 &&
-         "Fully available value should be eliminated above!");
-  if (!EnableFullLoadPRE) {
-    // If this load is unavailable in multiple predecessors, reject it.
-    // FIXME: If we could restructure the CFG, we could make a common pred with
-    // all the preds that don't have an available LI and insert a new load into
-    // that one block.
-    if (NumUnavailablePreds != 1)
-      return false;
-  }
-
-  // Check if the load can safely be moved to all the unavailable predecessors.
-  bool CanDoPRE = true;
-  SmallVector<Instruction*, 8> NewInsts;
-  for (DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Value*>::iterator I = PredLoads.begin(),
-         E = PredLoads.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    BasicBlock *UnavailablePred = I->first;
-
-    // Do PHI translation to get its value in the predecessor if necessary.  The
-    // returned pointer (if non-null) is guaranteed to dominate UnavailablePred.
-
-    // If all preds have a single successor, then we know it is safe to insert
-    // the load on the pred (?!?), so we can insert code to materialize the
-    // pointer if it is not available.
-    PHITransAddr Address(LI->getOperand(0), TD);
-    Value *LoadPtr = 0;
-    if (allSingleSucc) {
-      LoadPtr = Address.PHITranslateWithInsertion(LoadBB, UnavailablePred,
-                                                  *DT, NewInsts);
-    } else {
-      Address.PHITranslateValue(LoadBB, UnavailablePred, DT);
-      LoadPtr = Address.getAddr();
-    }
-
-    // If we couldn't find or insert a computation of this phi translated value,
-    // we fail PRE.
-    if (LoadPtr == 0) {
-      DEBUG(dbgs() << "COULDN'T INSERT PHI TRANSLATED VALUE OF: "
-            << *LI->getOperand(0) << "\n");
-      CanDoPRE = false;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    // Make sure it is valid to move this load here.  We have to watch out for:
-    //  @1 = getelementptr (i8* p, ...
-    //  test p and branch if == 0
-    //  load @1
-    // It is valid to have the getelementptr before the test, even if p can be 0,
-    // as getelementptr only does address arithmetic.
-    // If we are not pushing the value through any multiple-successor blocks
-    // we do not have this case.  Otherwise, check that the load is safe to
-    // put anywhere; this can be improved, but should be conservatively safe.
-    if (!allSingleSucc &&
-        // FIXME: REEVALUTE THIS.
-        !isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(LoadPtr,
-                                     UnavailablePred->getTerminator(),
-                                     LI->getAlignment(), TD)) {
-      CanDoPRE = false;
-      break;
-    }
-
-    I->second = LoadPtr;
-  }
-
-  if (!CanDoPRE) {
-    while (!NewInsts.empty())
-      NewInsts.pop_back_val()->eraseFromParent();
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  // Okay, we can eliminate this load by inserting a reload in the predecessor
-  // and using PHI construction to get the value in the other predecessors, do
-  // it.
-  DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN REMOVING PRE LOAD: " << *LI << '\n');
-  DEBUG(if (!NewInsts.empty())
-          dbgs() << "INSERTED " << NewInsts.size() << " INSTS: "
-                 << *NewInsts.back() << '\n');
-  
-  // Assign value numbers to the new instructions.
-  for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewInsts.size(); i != e; ++i) {
-    // FIXME: We really _ought_ to insert these value numbers into their 
-    // parent's availability map.  However, in doing so, we risk getting into
-    // ordering issues.  If a block hasn't been processed yet, we would be
-    // marking a value as AVAIL-IN, which isn't what we intend.
-    VN.lookup_or_add(NewInsts[i]);
-  }
-
-  for (DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Value*>::iterator I = PredLoads.begin(),
-         E = PredLoads.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    BasicBlock *UnavailablePred = I->first;
-    Value *LoadPtr = I->second;
-
-    Value *NewLoad = new LoadInst(LoadPtr, LI->getName()+".pre", false,
-                                  LI->getAlignment(),
-                                  UnavailablePred->getTerminator());
-
-    // Add the newly created load.
-    ValuesPerBlock.push_back(AvailableValueInBlock::get(UnavailablePred,
-                                                        NewLoad));
-    MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(LoadPtr);
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN INSERTED " << *NewLoad << '\n');
-  }
-
-  // Perform PHI construction.
-  Value *V = ConstructSSAForLoadSet(LI, ValuesPerBlock, TD, *DT,
-                                    VN.getAliasAnalysis());
-  LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
-  if (isa<PHINode>(V))
-    V->takeName(LI);
-  if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
-    MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(V);
-  VN.erase(LI);
-  toErase.push_back(LI);
-  ++NumPRELoad;
-  return true;
-}
-
-/// processLoad - Attempt to eliminate a load, first by eliminating it
-/// locally, and then attempting non-local elimination if that fails.
-bool GVN::processLoad(LoadInst *L, SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &toErase) {
-  if (!MD)
-    return false;
-
-  if (L->isVolatile())
-    return false;
-
-  // ... to a pointer that has been loaded from before...
-  MemDepResult Dep = MD->getDependency(L);
-
-  // If the value isn't available, don't do anything!
-  if (Dep.isClobber()) {
-    // Check to see if we have something like this:
-    //   store i32 123, i32* %P
-    //   %A = bitcast i32* %P to i8*
-    //   %B = gep i8* %A, i32 1
-    //   %C = load i8* %B
-    //
-    // We could do that by recognizing if the clobber instructions are obviously
-    // a common base + constant offset, and if the previous store (or memset)
-    // completely covers this load.  This sort of thing can happen in bitfield
-    // access code.
-    Value *AvailVal = 0;
-    if (StoreInst *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(Dep.getInst()))
-      if (const TargetData *TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>()) {
-        int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingStore(L->getType(),
-                                                    L->getPointerOperand(),
-                                                    DepSI, *TD);
-        if (Offset != -1)
-          AvailVal = GetStoreValueForLoad(DepSI->getOperand(0), Offset,
-                                          L->getType(), L, *TD);
-      }
-    
-    // If the clobbering value is a memset/memcpy/memmove, see if we can forward
-    // a value on from it.
-    if (MemIntrinsic *DepMI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(Dep.getInst())) {
-      if (const TargetData *TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>()) {
-        int Offset = AnalyzeLoadFromClobberingMemInst(L->getType(),
-                                                      L->getPointerOperand(),
-                                                      DepMI, *TD);
-        if (Offset != -1)
-          AvailVal = GetMemInstValueForLoad(DepMI, Offset, L->getType(), L,*TD);
-      }
-    }
-        
-    if (AvailVal) {
-      DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED INST:\n" << *Dep.getInst() << '\n'
-            << *AvailVal << '\n' << *L << "\n\n\n");
-      
-      // Replace the load!
-      L->replaceAllUsesWith(AvailVal);
-      if (AvailVal->getType()->isPointerTy())
-        MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(AvailVal);
-      VN.erase(L);
-      toErase.push_back(L);
-      ++NumGVNLoad;
-      return true;
-    }
-        
-    DEBUG(
-      // fast print dep, using operator<< on instruction would be too slow
-      dbgs() << "GVN: load ";
-      WriteAsOperand(dbgs(), L);
-      Instruction *I = Dep.getInst();
-      dbgs() << " is clobbered by " << *I << '\n';
-    );
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  // If it is defined in another block, try harder.
-  if (Dep.isNonLocal())
-    return processNonLocalLoad(L, toErase);
-
-  Instruction *DepInst = Dep.getInst();
-  if (StoreInst *DepSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(DepInst)) {
-    Value *StoredVal = DepSI->getOperand(0);
-    
-    // The store and load are to a must-aliased pointer, but they may not
-    // actually have the same type.  See if we know how to reuse the stored
-    // value (depending on its type).
-    const TargetData *TD = 0;
-    if (StoredVal->getType() != L->getType()) {
-      if ((TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>())) {
-        StoredVal = CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(StoredVal, L->getType(),
-                                                   L, *TD);
-        if (StoredVal == 0)
-          return false;
-        
-        DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED STORE:\n" << *DepSI << '\n' << *StoredVal
-                     << '\n' << *L << "\n\n\n");
-      }
-      else 
-        return false;
-    }
-
-    // Remove it!
-    L->replaceAllUsesWith(StoredVal);
-    if (StoredVal->getType()->isPointerTy())
-      MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(StoredVal);
-    VN.erase(L);
-    toErase.push_back(L);
-    ++NumGVNLoad;
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  if (LoadInst *DepLI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(DepInst)) {
-    Value *AvailableVal = DepLI;
-    
-    // The loads are of a must-aliased pointer, but they may not actually have
-    // the same type.  See if we know how to reuse the previously loaded value
-    // (depending on its type).
-    const TargetData *TD = 0;
-    if (DepLI->getType() != L->getType()) {
-      if ((TD = getAnalysisIfAvailable<TargetData>())) {
-        AvailableVal = CoerceAvailableValueToLoadType(DepLI, L->getType(), L,*TD);
-        if (AvailableVal == 0)
-          return false;
-      
-        DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN COERCED LOAD:\n" << *DepLI << "\n" << *AvailableVal
-                     << "\n" << *L << "\n\n\n");
-      }
-      else 
-        return false;
-    }
-    
-    // Remove it!
-    L->replaceAllUsesWith(AvailableVal);
-    if (DepLI->getType()->isPointerTy())
-      MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(DepLI);
-    VN.erase(L);
-    toErase.push_back(L);
-    ++NumGVNLoad;
-    return true;
-  }
-
-  // If this load really doesn't depend on anything, then we must be loading an
-  // undef value.  This can happen when loading for a fresh allocation with no
-  // intervening stores, for example.
-  if (isa<AllocaInst>(DepInst) || isMalloc(DepInst)) {
-    L->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(L->getType()));
-    VN.erase(L);
-    toErase.push_back(L);
-    ++NumGVNLoad;
-    return true;
-  }
-  
-  // If this load occurs either right after a lifetime begin,
-  // then the loaded value is undefined.
-  if (IntrinsicInst* II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(DepInst)) {
-    if (II->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start) {
-      L->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(L->getType()));
-      VN.erase(L);
-      toErase.push_back(L);
-      ++NumGVNLoad;
-      return true;
-    }
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-Value *GVN::lookupNumber(BasicBlock *BB, uint32_t num) {
-  DenseMap<BasicBlock*, ValueNumberScope*>::iterator I = localAvail.find(BB);
-  if (I == localAvail.end())
-    return 0;
-
-  ValueNumberScope *Locals = I->second;
-  while (Locals) {
-    DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*>::iterator I = Locals->table.find(num);
-    if (I != Locals->table.end())
-      return I->second;
-    Locals = Locals->parent;
-  }
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-
-/// processInstruction - When calculating availability, handle an instruction
-/// by inserting it into the appropriate sets
-bool GVN::processInstruction(Instruction *I,
-                             SmallVectorImpl<Instruction*> &toErase) {
-  // Ignore dbg info intrinsics.
-  if (isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(I))
-    return false;
-
-  if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
-    bool Changed = processLoad(LI, toErase);
-
-    if (!Changed) {
-      unsigned Num = VN.lookup_or_add(LI);
-      localAvail[I->getParent()]->table.insert(std::make_pair(Num, LI));
-    }
-
-    return Changed;
-  }
-
-  uint32_t NextNum = VN.getNextUnusedValueNumber();
-  unsigned Num = VN.lookup_or_add(I);
-
-  if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(I)) {
-    localAvail[I->getParent()]->table.insert(std::make_pair(Num, I));
-
-    if (!BI->isConditional() || isa<Constant>(BI->getCondition()))
-      return false;
-
-    Value *BranchCond = BI->getCondition();
-    uint32_t CondVN = VN.lookup_or_add(BranchCond);
-
-    BasicBlock *TrueSucc = BI->getSuccessor(0);
-    BasicBlock *FalseSucc = BI->getSuccessor(1);
-
-    if (TrueSucc->getSinglePredecessor())
-      localAvail[TrueSucc]->table[CondVN] =
-        ConstantInt::getTrue(TrueSucc->getContext());
-    if (FalseSucc->getSinglePredecessor())
-      localAvail[FalseSucc]->table[CondVN] =
-        ConstantInt::getFalse(TrueSucc->getContext());
-
-    return false;
-
-  // Allocations are always uniquely numbered, so we can save time and memory
-  // by fast failing them.
-  } else if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) || isa<TerminatorInst>(I)) {
-    localAvail[I->getParent()]->table.insert(std::make_pair(Num, I));
-    return false;
-  }
-
-  // Collapse PHI nodes
-  if (PHINode* p = dyn_cast<PHINode>(I)) {
-    Value *constVal = CollapsePhi(p);
-
-    if (constVal) {
-      p->replaceAllUsesWith(constVal);
-      if (MD && constVal->getType()->isPointerTy())
-        MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(constVal);
-      VN.erase(p);
-
-      toErase.push_back(p);
-    } else {
-      localAvail[I->getParent()]->table.insert(std::make_pair(Num, I));
-    }
-
-  // If the number we were assigned was a brand new VN, then we don't
-  // need to do a lookup to see if the number already exists
-  // somewhere in the domtree: it can't!
-  } else if (Num == NextNum) {
-    localAvail[I->getParent()]->table.insert(std::make_pair(Num, I));
-
-  // Perform fast-path value-number based elimination of values inherited from
-  // dominators.
-  } else if (Value *repl = lookupNumber(I->getParent(), Num)) {
-    // Remove it!
-    VN.erase(I);
-    I->replaceAllUsesWith(repl);
-    if (MD && repl->getType()->isPointerTy())
-      MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(repl);
-    toErase.push_back(I);
-    return true;
-
-  } else {
-    localAvail[I->getParent()]->table.insert(std::make_pair(Num, I));
-  }
-
-  return false;
-}
-
-/// runOnFunction - This is the main transformation entry point for a function.
-bool GVN::runOnFunction(Function& F) {
-  if (!NoLoads)
-    MD = &getAnalysis<MemoryDependenceAnalysis>();
-  DT = &getAnalysis<DominatorTree>();
-  VN.setAliasAnalysis(&getAnalysis<AliasAnalysis>());
-  VN.setMemDep(MD);
-  VN.setDomTree(DT);
-
-  bool Changed = false;
-  bool ShouldContinue = true;
-
-  // Merge unconditional branches, allowing PRE to catch more
-  // optimization opportunities.
-  for (Function::iterator FI = F.begin(), FE = F.end(); FI != FE; ) {
-    BasicBlock *BB = FI;
-    ++FI;
-    bool removedBlock = MergeBlockIntoPredecessor(BB, this);
-    if (removedBlock) ++NumGVNBlocks;
-
-    Changed |= removedBlock;
-  }
-
-  unsigned Iteration = 0;
-
-  while (ShouldContinue) {
-    DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN iteration: " << Iteration << "\n");
-    ShouldContinue = iterateOnFunction(F);
-    if (splitCriticalEdges())
-      ShouldContinue = true;
-    Changed |= ShouldContinue;
-    ++Iteration;
-  }
-
-  if (EnablePRE) {
-    bool PREChanged = true;
-    while (PREChanged) {
-      PREChanged = performPRE(F);
-      Changed |= PREChanged;
-    }
-  }
-  // FIXME: Should perform GVN again after PRE does something.  PRE can move
-  // computations into blocks where they become fully redundant.  Note that
-  // we can't do this until PRE's critical edge splitting updates memdep.
-  // Actually, when this happens, we should just fully integrate PRE into GVN.
-
-  cleanupGlobalSets();
-
-  return Changed;
-}
-
-
-bool GVN::processBlock(BasicBlock *BB) {
-  // FIXME: Kill off toErase by doing erasing eagerly in a helper function (and
-  // incrementing BI before processing an instruction).
-  SmallVector<Instruction*, 8> toErase;
-  bool ChangedFunction = false;
-
-  for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = BB->begin(), BE = BB->end();
-       BI != BE;) {
-    ChangedFunction |= processInstruction(BI, toErase);
-    if (toErase.empty()) {
-      ++BI;
-      continue;
-    }
-
-    // If we need some instructions deleted, do it now.
-    NumGVNInstr += toErase.size();
-
-    // Avoid iterator invalidation.
-    bool AtStart = BI == BB->begin();
-    if (!AtStart)
-      --BI;
-
-    for (SmallVector<Instruction*, 4>::iterator I = toErase.begin(),
-         E = toErase.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-      DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN removed: " << **I << '\n');
-      if (MD) MD->removeInstruction(*I);
-      (*I)->eraseFromParent();
-      DEBUG(verifyRemoved(*I));
-    }
-    toErase.clear();
-
-    if (AtStart)
-      BI = BB->begin();
-    else
-      ++BI;
-  }
-
-  return ChangedFunction;
-}
-
-/// performPRE - Perform a purely local form of PRE that looks for diamond
-/// control flow patterns and attempts to perform simple PRE at the join point.
-bool GVN::performPRE(Function &F) {
-  bool Changed = false;
-  DenseMap<BasicBlock*, Value*> predMap;
-  for (df_iterator<BasicBlock*> DI = df_begin(&F.getEntryBlock()),
-       DE = df_end(&F.getEntryBlock()); DI != DE; ++DI) {
-    BasicBlock *CurrentBlock = *DI;
-
-    // Nothing to PRE in the entry block.
-    if (CurrentBlock == &F.getEntryBlock()) continue;
-
-    for (BasicBlock::iterator BI = CurrentBlock->begin(),
-         BE = CurrentBlock->end(); BI != BE; ) {
-      Instruction *CurInst = BI++;
-
-      if (isa<AllocaInst>(CurInst) ||
-          isa<TerminatorInst>(CurInst) || isa<PHINode>(CurInst) ||
-          CurInst->getType()->isVoidTy() ||
-          CurInst->mayReadFromMemory() || CurInst->mayHaveSideEffects() ||
-          isa<DbgInfoIntrinsic>(CurInst))
-        continue;
-
-      uint32_t ValNo = VN.lookup(CurInst);
-
-      // Look for the predecessors for PRE opportunities.  We're
-      // only trying to solve the basic diamond case, where
-      // a value is computed in the successor and one predecessor,
-      // but not the other.  We also explicitly disallow cases
-      // where the successor is its own predecessor, because they're
-      // more complicated to get right.
-      unsigned NumWith = 0;
-      unsigned NumWithout = 0;
-      BasicBlock *PREPred = 0;
-      predMap.clear();
-
-      for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(CurrentBlock),
-           PE = pred_end(CurrentBlock); PI != PE; ++PI) {
-        BasicBlock *P = *PI;
-        // We're not interested in PRE where the block is its
-        // own predecessor, or in blocks with predecessors
-        // that are not reachable.
-        if (P == CurrentBlock) {
-          NumWithout = 2;
-          break;
-        } else if (!localAvail.count(P))  {
-          NumWithout = 2;
-          break;
-        }
-
-        DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*>::iterator predV =
-                                            localAvail[P]->table.find(ValNo);
-        if (predV == localAvail[P]->table.end()) {
-          PREPred = P;
-          ++NumWithout;
-        } else if (predV->second == CurInst) {
-          NumWithout = 2;
-        } else {
-          predMap[P] = predV->second;
-          ++NumWith;
-        }
-      }
-
-      // Don't do PRE when it might increase code size, i.e. when
-      // we would need to insert instructions in more than one pred.
-      if (NumWithout != 1 || NumWith == 0)
-        continue;
-      
-      // Don't do PRE across indirect branch.
-      if (isa<IndirectBrInst>(PREPred->getTerminator()))
-        continue;
-
-      // We can't do PRE safely on a critical edge, so instead we schedule
-      // the edge to be split and perform the PRE the next time we iterate
-      // on the function.
-      unsigned SuccNum = GetSuccessorNumber(PREPred, CurrentBlock);
-      if (isCriticalEdge(PREPred->getTerminator(), SuccNum)) {
-        toSplit.push_back(std::make_pair(PREPred->getTerminator(), SuccNum));
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      // Instantiate the expression in the predecessor that lacked it.
-      // Because we are going top-down through the block, all value numbers
-      // will be available in the predecessor by the time we need them.  Any
-      // that weren't originally present will have been instantiated earlier
-      // in this loop.
-      Instruction *PREInstr = CurInst->clone();
-      bool success = true;
-      for (unsigned i = 0, e = CurInst->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i) {
-        Value *Op = PREInstr->getOperand(i);
-        if (isa<Argument>(Op) || isa<Constant>(Op) || isa<GlobalValue>(Op))
-          continue;
-
-        if (Value *V = lookupNumber(PREPred, VN.lookup(Op))) {
-          PREInstr->setOperand(i, V);
-        } else {
-          success = false;
-          break;
-        }
-      }
-
-      // Fail out if we encounter an operand that is not available in
-      // the PRE predecessor.  This is typically because of loads which
-      // are not value numbered precisely.
-      if (!success) {
-        delete PREInstr;
-        DEBUG(verifyRemoved(PREInstr));
-        continue;
-      }
-
-      PREInstr->insertBefore(PREPred->getTerminator());
-      PREInstr->setName(CurInst->getName() + ".pre");
-      predMap[PREPred] = PREInstr;
-      VN.add(PREInstr, ValNo);
-      ++NumGVNPRE;
-
-      // Update the availability map to include the new instruction.
-      localAvail[PREPred]->table.insert(std::make_pair(ValNo, PREInstr));
-
-      // Create a PHI to make the value available in this block.
-      PHINode* Phi = PHINode::Create(CurInst->getType(),
-                                     CurInst->getName() + ".pre-phi",
-                                     CurrentBlock->begin());
-      for (pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(CurrentBlock),
-           PE = pred_end(CurrentBlock); PI != PE; ++PI) {
-        BasicBlock *P = *PI;
-        Phi->addIncoming(predMap[P], P);
-      }
-
-      VN.add(Phi, ValNo);
-      localAvail[CurrentBlock]->table[ValNo] = Phi;
-
-      CurInst->replaceAllUsesWith(Phi);
-      if (MD && Phi->getType()->isPointerTy())
-        MD->invalidateCachedPointerInfo(Phi);
-      VN.erase(CurInst);
-
-      DEBUG(dbgs() << "GVN PRE removed: " << *CurInst << '\n');
-      if (MD) MD->removeInstruction(CurInst);
-      CurInst->eraseFromParent();
-      DEBUG(verifyRemoved(CurInst));
-      Changed = true;
-    }
-  }
-
-  if (splitCriticalEdges())
-    Changed = true;
-
-  return Changed;
-}
-
-/// splitCriticalEdges - Split critical edges found during the previous
-/// iteration that may enable further optimization.
-bool GVN::splitCriticalEdges() {
-  if (toSplit.empty())
-    return false;
-  do {
-    std::pair<TerminatorInst*, unsigned> Edge = toSplit.pop_back_val();
-    SplitCriticalEdge(Edge.first, Edge.second, this);
-  } while (!toSplit.empty());
-  if (MD) MD->invalidateCachedPredecessors();
-  return true;
-}
-
-/// iterateOnFunction - Executes one iteration of GVN
-bool GVN::iterateOnFunction(Function &F) {
-  cleanupGlobalSets();
-
-  for (df_iterator<DomTreeNode*> DI = df_begin(DT->getRootNode()),
-       DE = df_end(DT->getRootNode()); DI != DE; ++DI) {
-    if (DI->getIDom())
-      localAvail[DI->getBlock()] =
-                   new ValueNumberScope(localAvail[DI->getIDom()->getBlock()]);
-    else
-      localAvail[DI->getBlock()] = new ValueNumberScope(0);
-  }
-
-  // Top-down walk of the dominator tree
-  bool Changed = false;
-#if 0
-  // Needed for value numbering with phi construction to work.
-  ReversePostOrderTraversal<Function*> RPOT(&F);
-  for (ReversePostOrderTraversal<Function*>::rpo_iterator RI = RPOT.begin(),
-       RE = RPOT.end(); RI != RE; ++RI)
-    Changed |= processBlock(*RI);
-#else
-  for (df_iterator<DomTreeNode*> DI = df_begin(DT->getRootNode()),
-       DE = df_end(DT->getRootNode()); DI != DE; ++DI)
-    Changed |= processBlock(DI->getBlock());
-#endif
-
-  return Changed;
-}
-
-void GVN::cleanupGlobalSets() {
-  VN.clear();
-
-  for (DenseMap<BasicBlock*, ValueNumberScope*>::iterator
-       I = localAvail.begin(), E = localAvail.end(); I != E; ++I)
-    delete I->second;
-  localAvail.clear();
-}
-
-/// verifyRemoved - Verify that the specified instruction does not occur in our
-/// internal data structures.
-void GVN::verifyRemoved(const Instruction *Inst) const {
-  VN.verifyRemoved(Inst);
-
-  // Walk through the value number scope to make sure the instruction isn't
-  // ferreted away in it.
-  for (DenseMap<BasicBlock*, ValueNumberScope*>::const_iterator
-         I = localAvail.begin(), E = localAvail.end(); I != E; ++I) {
-    const ValueNumberScope *VNS = I->second;
-
-    while (VNS) {
-      for (DenseMap<uint32_t, Value*>::const_iterator
-             II = VNS->table.begin(), IE = VNS->table.end(); II != IE; ++II) {
-        assert(II->second != Inst && "Inst still in value numbering scope!");
-      }
-
-      VNS = VNS->parent;
-    }
-  }
-}





More information about the llvm-branch-commits mailing list